Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
|
|
|||||||
 | |||||||
| adharottara | mfn. upside down, topsy-turvy.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhivṛkṣasūrye | ind. when the sun is (still) shining on the tops of trees (rya--, in compound),   | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyakṣa | m. the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anapnas | mfn. destitute of means , ([ confer, compare Latin inops.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| āp | cl.5 P. āpn/oti- ([ ,etc.]), (perf. āpa- Aorist āpat- future āpsyati- infinitive mood āptum-) A1. (perf. 3. plural āpir/e- , parasmE-pada perfect tense āpān/a- ,but also present tense parasmE-pada /āpnāna- ) to reach, overtake, meet with, fall upon etc. ; to obtain, gain, take possession of etc. etc. ; to undergo, suffer ; to fall, come to any one ; to enter, pervade, occupy ; to equal: Passive voice āpyate-, to be reached or found or met with or obtained ; to arrive at one's aim or end, become filled etc.: Causal P. āpayati-, to cause to reach or obtain or gain etc. ; to cause any one to suffer ; to hit : Desiderative P. and A1. īpsati- and īpsate- ([ ]) to strive to reach or obtain etc.: Desiderative of the Causal āpipayiṣati-, to strive to reach ; ([probably connected with 1. ap-; confer, compare apna-; Greek , ; Latin apiscor, aptus-, ops-; Old German uoban; modern German üben.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| āpaṇika | m. tax on markets or shops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apnas | n. possession, property ([ confer, compare Latin ops])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ardhacandrikā | f. Name of a climbing plant (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla or Convolvulus Torpethum;See ardhacandrā-above ).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ardhasaṃjātasasya | mf(ā-)n. having its crops half grown | ||||||
| |||||||
| arkapuṣpikā | f. the plant Gynandropsis Pentaphylla  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asaṃhata | m. a form of array (loose or open order of troops)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asṛkpāta | m. plural drops of blood (as from a wound) (see asṛ-pāṭa-.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṣṭāpruṣ | (aṣṭā--) mfn.(Nominal verb n. -prūṭ-!) having (id est marked by a sign similar to) eight drops (as a golden coin see aṣṭā-pada-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aśviya | /ā-, Ved. n. plural troops of horses | ||||||
| |||||||
| audarika | mf(ī-)n. dropsical  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avahāraka | mfn. one who stops fighting etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avahu | (3. plural -juhvati-) to shed (as drops of sweat) | ||||||
| |||||||
| avapiṇḍita | mfn. (said of dewdrops) fallen down in the shape of little globules (piṇḍa- q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avirecana | n. anything which constipates or stops the passage of the food.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bakula | m. (also written vakula-) a kind of tree, Mimusops Elengi (said to put forth blossoms when sprinkled with nectar from the mouth of lovely women) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bakula | n. the fragrant flower of Mimusops Elengi | ||||||
| |||||||
| bala | n. (also plural; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) military force, troops, an army etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| balaugha | m. a multitude of troops, numerous force  | ||||||
| |||||||
| balavinyāsa | m. arrangement of forces, array of troops | ||||||
| |||||||
| balotsāha | m. ardour of troops or forces | ||||||
| |||||||
| bāṣpāmbuśīkara | m. plural tears-drops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhramarānanda | m. "bee-joy", Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhrami | f. a circular array of troops.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| binduhrada | m. Name of a lake (said to have been formed by the drops of the Ganges shaken from śiva-'s hair)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bindumat | mfn. having drops or bubbles or clots, formed into balls or globules | ||||||
| |||||||
| bindūya | Nom. A1. yate-, to form drops, drip down (parasmE-pada yamāna-,dripping, wet) | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakravyūha | m. any circular array of troops (see also 3108)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakreśvara | m. "lord of the troops", bhairava- | ||||||
| |||||||
| caṇakāmlavār | n. acid water drops on cicer leaves  | ||||||
| |||||||
| candrikā | f. Gynandropsis pentaphylla  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cātaka | m. the bird Cucculus melanoleucus (said to subsist on rain-drops) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cirapuṣpa | m. "blossoming late", Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| citraparṇī | f. Gynandropsis pentaphylla (varia lectio -varṇī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dakodara | n. a dropsical belly (see udak-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daṇḍapāṇi | m. Name of the leader of 2 of śiva-'s troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dantadhāvana | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dānupinva | mfn. swelling with drops (soma-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhanvin | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhārāṭa | m. (rā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhārāṭa | m. a cloud (filled with drops) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhūka | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| doṣodaka | n. water caused by dropsy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| drapsin | mfn. falling in drops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛḍhaskandha | m. "strong-stemmed", a sort of Mimusops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gal | cl.1 P. lati-, to drip, drop, ooze, trickle, distil etc. ; to fall down or off ; to vanish, perish, pass away : Causal gālayati-, to cause to drop, filter, strain ; to cause (the water of a dropsical person) to go off ; to fuse, liquefy, dissolve, melt : A1. te-, to flow : Intens.p. jalgalyamāna-, causing to drop from one's body ; ([ confer, compare Old German qvall,quillu,qualandquella,"a well."])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| galantikā | f. a water-jar (with a hole in the bottom from which water drops upon a liṅga- or a tulasi- plant) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇa | m. troops or classes of inferior deities (especially certain troops of demi-gods considered as śiva-'s attendants and under the special superintendence of the god gaṇe etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇa | m. a small body of troops (= 3 gulma-s or 27 chariots and as many elephants, 81 horses, and 135 foot) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇadevatā | f. plural troops of deities who generally appear in classes (āditya-s, viśva-s, vasu-s, tuṣita-s, ābhāsvara-s, anila-s, mahārājika-s, sādhya-s, and rudra-s) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇaparvata | m. "the mountain frequented by troops of demi-gods", Name of the kailāsa- (this mountain being the residence of śiva-'s attendants as well as of the kiṃnara-s and yakṣa-s, attendants of kubera-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gāṇapatya | n. the leading of troops, chieftainship  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇaśas | ind. () by troops or classes | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇaśrī | mfn. associated in troops, associating | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇayāga | m. worship of the troops or classes of deities | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghṛta | n. (equals udaka-) fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which drops from heaven), water  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghṛtapadī | (t/a--) f. (iḷā-) whose path (pada-) is ghee or whose foot (pād-) drops with ghee | ||||||
| |||||||
| grāmajit | mfn. conquering troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gṛñjana | m. the tops of hemp chewed to produce an inebriating effect (the Ganja)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gucchaphala | m. Mimusops hexandra  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gūḍhapuṣpaka | m. "hidden-blossomed", Mimusops Elengi | ||||||
| |||||||
| gulma | m. a troop or guard of soldiers, body of troops, division of an army (consisting of 45 foot, 27 horse, 9 chariots, and 9 elephants ;or of 135 foot, 81 horse, 27 chariots, and 27 elephants ; see ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gup | (for proper etc.See gopaya-& pāya-,from which the root is derived[ see ]; perf. jugopa- etc.;3. plural jugupur- etc.; future 2nd gopsyati- ; future 1st goptā-or gopitā- ; Aorist agaupsīt-or agopīt- ) to guard, defend, protect, preserve (from ablative) etc. ; to hide, conceal (infinitive mood gopitum-) : Causal gopayati- etc. See ss.vv. gopaya- and pāya-: Desiderative A1. jugupsate- (; Epic also P. ti-) to seek to defend one's self from (ablative), be on one's guard (see Va1rtt. 1) ; to beware of, shun, avoid, detest, spurn, despise (with accusative) etc. ; to feel offended or hurt : Desiderative of Desiderative jugupsiṣate- Va1rtt. 15  | ||||||
| |||||||
| himanirjharavipruṣmat | mfn. mixed with or having drops of icy cold water-falls  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jalodara | n. "water-belly", dropsy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jaṭharāmaya | m. "stomach-disease", dropsy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jātodaka | mfn. "become (full of) water", dropsy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jhalajjhalā | f. (onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds)) the sound of falling drops (varia lectio)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jhañjhā | f. raining in large drops | ||||||
| |||||||
| kajjalī | f. Aethiops Mineralis  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapījya | m. "to be revered by monkeys", Mimusops Kauki  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karabhakāṇḍikā | f. Echinops Echinatus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karaka | m. Name of several plants (the pomegranate tree, Pongamia Glabra, Butea Frondosa, Bauhinia Variegata, Mimusops Elengi, Capparis Aphylla) | ||||||
| |||||||
| karṇajyoti | f. Gynandropsis Pentaphylla  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karṇasphoṭā | f. Gynandropsis pentaphylla  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kesara | m. the plants Rottleria tinctoria, Mimusops Elengi, and Mesua ferrea | ||||||
| |||||||
| khapura | m. tympany, wind-dropsy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kopalatā | f. the plant Gynandropsis pentaphylla  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛṣṇataṇḍulā | f. the plant Gynandropsis pentaphylla  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣaṇadāndhya | n. night-blindness, nyctalopsis (see kṣapā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣīragucchaphala | m. Mimusops Kauki  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣīriṇī | f. Name of several plants (Mimusops Kauki ;a variety of acid Asclepias used in medicine ;etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| lauśa | n. (fr. luśa-) Name of various sāman-s (see laupsa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lohitapuṣpī | f. Echinops Echinatus | ||||||
| |||||||
| lup | (see ) lump/ati-, te- (perfect tense lulopa-, lulupe- etc.; Aorist alupat-, alupta- grammar; preceding, lopsiya- ; loptā-, lopsyati-, te- grammar; infinitive mood loptum- ; ind.p. luptvā- etc.; -l/upya- ; -l/umpam- ; lopaṃ- ), to break, violate, hurt, injure, spoil ; to seize, fall or pounce upon (accusative) ; to rob, plunder, steal ; to cheat (said of a merchant) ; to take away, suppress, waste, cause to disappear ; to elide, erase, omit (a letter, word etc.) ; cl.4 P. lupyati- (perfect tense lulopa-; future lopitā-, lopiṣyati-,etc.) , to disturb, bewilder, perplex, confound : Passive voice lupy/ate- ( l/upyate-; Aorist alopi-), to be broken etc. etc. ; to be wasted or destroyed ; (in gram.) to be suppressed or lost or elided, disappear ; to be confounded or bewildered : Causal lopayati-, te- (Aorist alūlupat- ; alulopat- grammar; Passive voice lopyate-), to cause to break or violate, cause to swerve from (ablative) ; to break, violate, infringe, neglect etc. ; (A1.) to cause to disappear, efface : Desiderative lulupsati- or lulopiṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive lolopti- (parasmE-pada lolupat-), to confound, bewilder, perplex ; lolupyate- equals garirhitaṃ- lumpati- ; to be greedy, in a-lolupyamāna- q.v ([For cognate wordsSee under | ||||||
| |||||||
| madhupuṣpa | m. (only ) Bassia Latifolia, Acacia Sirissa, Jonesis Asoka, Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madyalālasa | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madyāmoda | m. Mimusops Elengi | ||||||
| |||||||
| maghagandha | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāsūci | m. (with vyūha-) a particular mode of arraying troops in battle  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahodara | n. "large abdomen", dropsy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| makara | m. an army of troops in the form of a makara-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| makaradhvaja | m. a particular array of troops | ||||||
| |||||||
| makarandakaṇāya | Nom. A1. yate-, to be like drops or particles of flower-juice | ||||||
| |||||||
| makula | m. Mimusops Elengi | ||||||
| |||||||
| makura | m. Mimusops Elengi | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṇḍala | n. a circular array of troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṇḍalaka | n. a circular array of troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mudritapāṃsu | mfn. making impressions on dust or sand (said of drops of water)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mukura | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūla | n. a copse, thicket  | ||||||
| |||||||
| muṇḍamaṇḍalī | f. a collection of inferior troops | ||||||
| |||||||
| muṣṭivadha | m. devastation of the crops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naikacara | mf(ī-)n. going in troops, gregarious (animal)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nimbabīja | m. Mimusops Hexandra  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirmaryādam | ind. confusedly, topsy-turvy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nṛpadruma | m. "king's tree", Cathartocarpus Fistula or Mimusops Hexandra  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paridīrṇa | (p/ari--) mfn. rent on all sides, swollen, dropsical  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paridṝ | (only 3. sg. preceding A1. -darṣīṣṭa-), to break through (the foe) : Passive voice -dīryate-, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivṛt | A1. -vartate- (Epic also ti-; ind.p. -vṛtya-,or parī-vartam-), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (accusative) etc. ; (with hṛdi-or hṛdaye-) to run in a person's mind ; to return, go or come back to (accusative) ; to be reborn in (locative case) ; (also with anyathā-) to change, turn out different ; to abide, stay, remain etc. ; to act, proceed, behave : Causal -vartayati-, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro etc. ; (A1.) to roll or bring near (subjunctive -vartayāte-) ; to overthrow, upset (a carriage) ; to invert, put in a reverse order (read -vartya-for -vṛtya-) ; to change, barter, exchange etc. ; to renew (an agreement) ; to understand or explain wrongly (words etc.) ; to turn topsy-turvy id est search thoroughly ; to destroy, annihilate ; to straiten, contract ; (A1.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round) (see -vartana-): Intensive -v/avartti-, to turn (intrans.) continually  | ||||||
| |||||||
| payasya | m. Name of several plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla equals kākolī-, kuṭumbinī-, dugdhikā-etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| phalādhyakṣa | m. "superintendent of fruit", Mimusops Kauki  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasthakusuma | m. "flowering on mountain-tops", a species of plant, a variety of tulasi- or basil  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasthapuṣpa | m. "flowering on mountain-tops", a species of plant, a variety of tulasi- or basil | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratidhartṛ | m. one who keeps back or stops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyādhmāna | n. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyāhāra | m. drawing back (troops from a battle), retreat  | ||||||
| |||||||
| priyadarśana | m. Mimusops Kauki  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prorṇuvitṛ | mfn. one who covers or envelops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛṣat | m. a drop of water (only plural; tām pati- m."lord of the drops of water", the wind)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pruṣvāya | Nom. A1. yate-, to fall in drops, trickle  | ||||||
| |||||||
| purudrapsa | mfn. abounding in drops of water (said of the marut-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| racana | n. arrangement (of troops), array  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājādana | m. (andf(ī-). ) Name of a kind of tree etc. (according to to , Buchanania Latifolia [n. its nut];Mimusops Kauki [n. its fruit];Butea Frondosa) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rakta | m. Echinops Echinatus | ||||||
| |||||||
| raktapuṣpa | m. Echinops Echinatus | ||||||
| |||||||
| roddhṛ | mfn. one who stops or obstructs or shuts in, a besieger  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sacakra | mf(ā-)n. having troops (of soldiers)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaḍbindu | mfn. having six drops or spots  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaḍbindu | (with taila-) n. an oily mixture six drops of which are drawn up the nose (as a remedy for head-ache) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sagaṇa | mfn. (s/a--) having troops or flocks, attended by followers, accompanied by (instrumental case) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahasuralalanālalāmayūthapati | mfn. with the leaders of the troops who form the ornament of the gods' wives  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāhāyaka | n. auxiliary troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śailakuñja | m. a mountain-copse, thicket on a hill  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sainya | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a soldier (plural"troops")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sainya | n. a body of troops, army etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sainyamaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting of troops | ||||||
| |||||||
| saiyākaravat | mfn. (prob,) producing abundant crops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sajalapṛṣata | mfn. containing water-drops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākhāmṛgagaṇāyuta | mfn. filled with or possessed of troops of monkeys  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākhāmṛgānīkapati | m. "lord of troops of monkeys", Name of sugrīva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakradruma | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakrāśana | m. " indra-'s food", the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (fabled to have sprung from the drops of amṛta- which fell to the ground from the bodies of rāma-'s monkeys restored to life by indra-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sambaddhasainyaugha | mfn. one who has the main body of troops concentrated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃghaśas | ind. by troops or numbers, collectively, all together | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃghībhū | P. -bhavati-, to assemble in troops or herds | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃniviś | A1. -viśate-, to sit or settle down together with, have intercourse or intimate connection with (instrumental case) (varia lectio) : Causal -veśayati-, to cause to enter or sit down together, introduce into or lodge in (locative case) ; to set down, deposit ; to draw up (an army) ; to cause (troops) to encamp ; fasten or fix or establish in or on (locative case) etc. ; to cast or hurl upon (locative case) ; to found (a city) ; to appoint to (locative case) etc. ; to intrust or commit anything to (locative case) ; to direct (the mind) towards (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃstambhayitṛ | mfn. (fr. Causal) one who stops or restrains, a restrainer  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptagaṇa | (t/a--) mfn. consisting of 7 troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śārada | m. Name of various plants (a yellow kind of Phaseolus Mungo;Mimusops Elengi etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāradikā | f. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvakesara | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sasyahan | mfn. destroying crops | ||||||
| |||||||
| sasyamālin | mfn. "corn-wreathed", abounding in corn or crops (as the earth) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sasyāvāpa | m. sowing of crops | ||||||
| |||||||
| sendragaṇa | mfn. together with indra-'s troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sic | cl.6 P. A1. () siñc/ati-, te- (once in , s/ecate- perfect tense siṣeca-, siṣice-[in also sisicuḥ-, sisice-]; Aorist asicat-, cata-[Gr. also asikta-]; subjunctive sicāmahe- ; preceding sicyāt- ; future sekṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sektum- sektavai- ; ind.p. siktvā- ; -s/icya- ; -secam-or -sekam-, ), to pour out, discharge, emit, shed, infuse or pour into or on (locative case) etc. etc. ; to emit semen, impregnate ; to scatter in small drops, sprinkle, besprinkle or moisten with (instrumental case) etc. ; to dip, soak, steep ; to cast or form anything out of molten metal etc. (2 accusative) : Passive voice sicyate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist aseci-), to be poured out or sprinkled etc. etc.: Causal secayati-, te- (Epic also siñcayati-; Aorist asīṣicat-or asīsicat-), to cause to pour out etc. ; to sprinkle, water (plants etc.) : Desiderative siṣikṣati- or sisikṣati- ; te- grammar (confer, compare sisikṣā-): Intensive sesicyate-, sesekti-. ([ confer, compare Zend hincaiti; Greek [?] ; Anglo-Saxon seo4n; German seihen,seichen.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sīdhugandha | m. "having the smell of rum or spirituous liquor", the plant or tree Mimusops Elengi (equals bakula-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīk | (also written sīk-) cl.1 A1. () śīkate- (perfect tense śiśīke- Aorist aśīkiṣṭa-etc. grammar), to rain in fine drops, drizzle, sprinkle, wet, moisten ; to go, move (varia lectio): Causal śīkayati-, to besprinkle ; cl.10."to speak"or"to shine" (bhāṣā ; āmarṣaṇe- or marṣaṇe-, . [ confer, compare Greek .] | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīkaravarṣin | mfn. raining in fine drops, drizzling  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīkāya | P. yati- (according to to Va1rtt. 1 A1. yate-;only parasmE-pada y/at-and yiṣy/at-), to rain in fine drops, drizzle, sprinkle, drip | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīkita | mfn. rained in fine drops, sprinkled | ||||||
| |||||||
| siṃhakesara | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śītagandhā | f. Minusops Elengi | ||||||
| |||||||
| śītaparṇi | f. (m. Calcutta edition ) Gynandropsis Pentaphylla | ||||||
| |||||||
| śītaparṇī | f. (L.) Gynandropsis Pentaphylla | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiva | m. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[ ];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrā ] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, mahe etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivakesara | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| skanda | m. anything which jumps or hops (in tṛṇa-skand/a-,"grasshopper", Name of a man)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śoṇitabinduvarṣin | mfn. showering drops of blood  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śotha | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).;fr. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śotharoga | m. "swelling disease", dropsy | ||||||
| |||||||
| sphoṭalatā | f. Gynandropsis Anacardium  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śreṇiśas | ind. in rows or lines or troops or flocks  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrutisphoṭā | f. Gynandropsis Pentaphylla | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthāna | n. firm bearing (of troops), sustaining a charge (as opp. to yuddha-,"charging")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthirapuṣpa | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthūlapṛṣata | mf(ī-)n. (sthūl/a--) composed of large drops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| stokīya | mf(ā-)n. relating to or connected with drops (applied to the oblations of ghee and the verses employed while drops of it are falling)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| stokya | mf(ā-)n. relating to or connected with drops (applied to the oblations of ghee and the verses employed while drops of it are falling) | ||||||
| |||||||
| strīmukhamadhu | n. drinking or desiring the nectar of a women's mouth, Mimusops Elengi (according to to some also "the aśoka-")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| strīmukhamadhudohada | m. drinking or desiring the nectar of a women's mouth, Mimusops Elengi (according to to some also "the aśoka-") | ||||||
| |||||||
| strīmukhamadhudohala | m. drinking or desiring the nectar of a women's mouth, Mimusops Elengi (according to to some also "the aśoka-") | ||||||
| |||||||
| strīmukhapa | m. drinking or desiring the nectar of a women's mouth, Mimusops Elengi (according to to some also "the aśoka-") | ||||||
| |||||||
| śukeṣṭa | m. Mimusops Hexandra  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śukla | m. Mimusops Hexandra  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūryavallī | f. the plant Gynandropsis Pentaphylla  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sutantra | mfn. "well versed in doctrine"and"commanding good troops"  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūti | f. yielding fruit, production of crops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sveda | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) sweating, perspiring, sweat, perspiration (plural"drops of perspiration") etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tila | m. Sesamum indicum (its blossom is compared to the nose ; see -puṣpa-), sesamum seed (much used in cookery;supposed to have originated from viṣṇu-'s sweat-drops ) (l/a-, ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udakkūla | mfn. directed towards the north (as grass with the tops)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udakodara | n. "water-belly", dropsy.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udakodarin | mfn. dropsical | ||||||
| |||||||
| udara | n. enlargement of the abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver, spleen etc.;eight kinds are enumerated) | ||||||
| |||||||
| udgal | P. -galati-, to trickle out, ooze out, issue in drops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ugaṇa | mfn. (corrupted fr. ud-gaṇa-,or uru-gaṇa-?), consisting of extended troops (used in connexion with senā-,an army)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ukṣ | cl.1 P. A1. ukṣ/ati-, ukṣ/ate- (parasmE-pada /ukṣat- ukṣamāṇa- ; ukṣāṃ-cakāra-[ ;for vav/akṣa-etc.See etc. ; to sprinkle or scatter in small drops ; to emit ; to throw out, scatter (as sparks) etc. ; to emit seed (as a bull) ; to be strong : Causal A1. ukṣayate-, to strengthen ; ([ confer, compare Lithuanian Ukana: Hibernian or Irish uisg,uisge,"water, a river";uisgeach,"aquatic, watery, fluid, moist, pluvial:" Greek , : Latin u1veo(forugveo),Umor,etc.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ukṣan | m. Name of the soma- (as sprinkling or scattering small drops) | ||||||
| |||||||
| upa | ind. at the time of, upon, up to, in, above (with locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' upa sānuṣu-,on the tops of the mountains) | ||||||
| |||||||
| upaścyut | or -  | ||||||
| |||||||
| urudrapsu | mfn. having large drops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uṣṭrakāṇḍī | f. Echinops Echinatus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaipruṣa | mfn. (fr. vi-pruṣ-) directed to the soma- drops (homa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vanakhaṇḍa | n. "group of trees", copse, wood (also written. ṣaṇḍa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vānarapriya | m. "dear to monkey", the tree Mimusops Kauki  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varāha | m. an array of troops in the form of a boar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṇapuṣpī | f. Echinops Echinatus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṣā | f. Medicago Esculenta [ confer, compare Greek ,"rain-drops."]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varuṇa | m. (once in the varuṇ/a-) "All-enveloping Sky", Name of an āditya- (in the veda- commonly the night as mitra- over the day, but often celebrated separately, whereas mitra- is rarely invoked alone; varuṇa- is one of the oldest of the Vedic gods, and is commonly thought to correspond to the of the Greeks, although of a more spiritual conception;he is often regarded as the supreme deity, being then styled"king of the gods"or"king of both gods and men"or"king of the universe";no other deity has such grand attributes and functions assigned to him;he is described as fashioning and upholding heaven and earth, as possessing extraordinary power and wisdom called māyā-,as sending his spies or messengers throughout both worlds, as numbering the very winkings of men's eyes, as hating falsehood, as seizing transgressors with his pāśa-or noose, as inflicting diseases, especially dropsy, as pardoning sin, as the guardian of immortality;he is also invoked in the veda- together with indra-, and in later Vedic literature together with agni-, with yama-, and with viṣṇu-;in ,he is even called the brother of agni-;though not generally regarded in the veda- as a god of the ocean, yet he is often connected with the waters, especially the waters of the atmosphere or firmament, and in one place[ ] is called with mitra-, sindhu-pati-,"lord of the sea or of rivers";hence in the later mythology he became a kind of Neptune, and is there best known in his character of god of the ocean;in the varuṇa- is said to be a son of kardama- and father of puṣkara-, and is also variously represented as one of the deva-gandharva-s, as a nāga-, as a king of the naga-s, and as an asura-;he is the regent of the western quarter[ see loka-pāla-]and of the nakṣatra- śatabhiṣaj-[ ];the jaina-s consider varuṇa- as a servant of the twentieth arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-) etc. etc. (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varuṇagṛhīta | (v/a-) mfn. seized by varuṇa-, afflicted with disease (especially dropsy;See under varuṇa-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhāva | m. (for 1.See under vi- ( vibhāvatva -tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viniviś | Caus. -veśayati-, to cause to enter into, set down or place in, put on ; to apply ; to appoint to, institute or instal in (locative case) ; to fix (the eyes or thoughts) upon (locative case) ; to fix or erect (a statue) ; to establish or found (a city) ; to draw up in array (as troops) ; (with kare-) to place in tribute, make tributary ; (with hṛdaye-) to impress on the heart  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipaṇāpaṇavat | mfn. furnished with shops and markets  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipaṇi | f. a street of shops | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipluṣ | m. plural drops falling from the mouth while speaking  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipruḍḍhoma | m. (for 2. vipruṣ-+ homa-) an expiatory offering designed to atone for the drops of soma- let fall at a sacrifice | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipruṣ | f. plural (with or scilicet mukhyāḥ-) drops falling from the mouth while speaking | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipruṣmat | mfn. having or covered with drops | ||||||
| |||||||
| viś | f. (also plural) a community, tribe, race (plural also "subjects","people","troops")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśārada | m. Mimusops Elengi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣūcīnāgra | mfn. with tops or points diverging in all directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vrāja | m. (for 1.See above) = 2. vraj/a-, a troop, host, band ( vrājam am- ind.in troops)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vrāta | m. (connected with etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛṣavrāta | (v/ṛṣa--) mfn. forming strong troops (or"troops of men")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākartṛ | m. one who develops or creates, creator ( vyākartṛtva -tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyūharacanā | f. arrangement of troops (naṃ vi-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yugorasya | m. Name of a particular array of troops  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuj | (confer, compare ) yun/akti-, yuṅkt/e- (Epic also yuñjati-, te-;Ved. yojati-, te-; yuje-, yujmahe-,3. plural yujata- imperative yukṣv/a-; Potential yuñjīyāt- ; perfect tense yuy/oja-, yuyuj/e- etc. etc., 3. sg. yuyojate- ; Aorist Class. P. ayokṣīt-, ayaukṣīt-or ayujat-;Ved. also A1. /ayuji-;Ved. and Class. ayukṣi-, ayukta-; future yokt/ā- ; yokṣyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood yoktum- ; yuj/e- ; ind.p. yuktv/ā- etc.; yuktv/āya- ; -yujya- etc.), to yoke or join or fasten or harness (horses or a chariot) etc. ; to make ready, prepare, arrange, fit out, set to work, use, employ, apply ; to equip (an army) ; to offer, perform (prayers, a sacrifice) ; to put on (arrows on a bow-string) ; to fix in, insert, inject (semen) ; to appoint to, charge or intrust with (locative case or dative case) ; to command, enjoin ; to turn or direct or fix or concentrate (the mind, thoughts etc.) upon (locative case) etc. ; (P. A1.) to concentrate the mind in order to obtain union with the Universal Spirit, be absorbed in meditation (also with yogam-) etc. ; to recollect, recall ; to join, unite, connect, add, bring together etc. (A1.to be attached, cleave to ) ; to confer, or bestow anything (accusative) upon (genitive case or locative case) (A1.with accusative,to become possessed of ;with ātmani-,to use for one's self, enjoy ) ; to bring into possession of, furnish or endow with (instrumental case) etc. ; to join one's self to (accusative) ; (in astronomy) to come into union or conjunction with (accusative) : Passive voice yujy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist /ayoji-), to be yoked or harnessed or joined etc. etc. ; to attach one's self to (locative case) ; to be made ready or prepared for (dative case) ; to be united in marriage ; to be endowed with or possessed of (instrumental case with or without saha-) etc. ; (in astronomy) to come into conjunction with (instrumental case) ; to accrue to, fall to the lot of (genitive case) ; to be fit or proper or suitable or right, suit anything (instrumental case), be fitted for (locative case), belong to or suit any one (locative case or genitive case), deserve to be (Nominal verb) etc. ; (with na-) not to be fit or proper etc. for (instrumental case) or to (infinitive mood,also with pass. sense = "ought not to be") : Causal yojayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist ayūyujat-; Passive voice yojyate-), to harness, yoke with (instrumental case), put to (locative case) etc. ; to equip (an army), draw up (troops) etc. ; to use, employ, set to work, apply, undertake, carry on, perform, accomplish etc. ; to urge or impel to ; to lead towards, help to (locative case) ; to set (snares, nets etc.) ; to put or fix on (especially arrows) etc. ; to aim (arrows) at (locative case) ; to fasten on or in, attack, adjust, add, insert ; (with manas-, ātmānam-etc.) to direct the thoughts to, concentrate or fix the mind upon (locative case) ; to join, unite, connect, combine, bring or put together (also = write, compose) etc. ; to encompass, embrace ; to put in order, arrange, repair, restore ; to endow or furnish or provide with (instrumental case) etc. ; to mix (food) with (instrumental case) ; to confer anything upon (locative case) ; (in astronomy) to ascertain or know (jānāti-) the conjunction of the moon with an asterism (instrumental case) Va1rtt. 11 ; (A1.) to think little of, esteem lightly, despise in : Desiderative yuyukṣati-, to wish to harness or yoke or join etc. ; to wish to appoint or institute ; to wish to fix or aim (arrows) ; (A1.) to wish to be absorbed in meditation, devout : Intensive yoyujyate-, yoyujīti- or yoyokti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin jungere,jugum; Lithuanian ju4ngus; Slavonic or Slavonian igo; Gothic juk; German joh,Joch; Anglo-Saxon geoc; English yoke.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yukta | mfn. joined, united, connected, combined, following in regular succession ( yuktam am- ind.in troops ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yūthacārin | mf(iṇī-)n. going about in troops (as monkeys)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yūthaśas | ind. in troops or bands or flocks or herds, gregariously | ||||||
| |||||||
| yūthatvā | f. the forming or going in troops (dative case āyai-) | ||||||
89 results
| |
| agra | अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47. |
| |
| aṅku | अङ्कु (कू) रित a. [अङ्कुरा अस्य सञ्जाताः, तारका˚ इतच्] Having sprouts; ˚तं मनसिजेनेव V.1.13 as if Love has put forth sprouts. -2 Blotched, having boils on the skin; निद्रालुरङ्कूरितहस्तलक्ष्यः Mātaṅga L.5.2; ˚घर्मसलिलः Dk.125 with drops of perspiration bursting forth. |
| |
| atasī | अतसी 1 Common flax. -2 Hemp. -3 Linseed. (Mar. अळशी) अतसीपुष्पसंकाशम् Mb.12.47.9 -4 A thicket, copse (?) |
| |
| adhara | अधर a. [न ध्रियते; धृ-अच्, न. त.] 1 Lower (opp. उत्तर), (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, downwards; ˚वासः under garment; असितमधरवासो विभ्रतः Ki.4.38; cf. अम्बर; सुवर्णसूत्राकलिताधराम्बराम् Śi.1.6; ˚ओष्ठ lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense अधर partakes of the character of a pronoun). -2 Low, mean, vile; ˚उत्तरम् See below; lower in quality, inferior. -3 Silenced, worsted, not able to speak; See हीन, हीनवादिन्. -4 Previous, preceding as in अधरेद्युः q. v. -रः The nether (or sometimes the upper) lip; in general ˚पत्रम्. प्रवेपमानाधरपत्रशोभिना Ku.5.27 leaf-like lower lip; बिम्बाधरालक्तकः M.3.5.; पक्कबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.84; पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.21;1.23;3.23; cf. अधरं खलु बिम्बनामकं फलमाभ्यामिति भव्यमन्वयम् । लभते$धरबिम्ब इत्यदः पदमस्या रदनच्छदे वदत् ॥ N.2.24. -रा The nadir; (अधोदिश्) or the southern direction. -रम् The lower part (of the body); पृष्ठवंशाधरे त्रिकम् Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre (also m.). -3 Address. speech (opp. उत्तर); statement, sometimes used for reply also. -Comp. -उत्तर a. 1 higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; राज्ञः समक्षमेवाक्योः ˚व्यक्तिर्भविष्यति M.1; व्यत्यये कर्मणां साम्यं पूर्ववच्चा- धरोत्तरम् Y.1.96. -2 former; prior and later; sooner and later; यश्चाधरोत्तरानर्थान् विगीतान्नावबुध्यते Ms.8.53. -3 in a contrary way, topsy-turvy, upside down (the natural order of things being inverted); श्रुतं भवद्भिरधरोत्तरम् Ś.5. you have (certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i. e. to consider good as bad and vice versa; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court", heard this mean or base reply अधरं च तदुत्तरम्; (यदि न प्रणयेद्राज दण्ड) स्वाम्यं च न स्यात्कस्मिंश्चित् प्रवर्तेताधरोत्तरम् Ms.7.21. (अधरम् = शूद्रादि, उत्तरम् = प्रधानम्); अधर्मेण जितो धर्मः प्रवृत्तमधरोत्तरम् Mb. -4 nearer and further. -5 question and answer; -ओष्ठः, -औष्ठः P. वार्त्तिक ओत्वोष्ठदोःसमासे वा. the lower lip; अङ्गुलिसंवृत˚ Ś.3. 24; Me.84 (-ष्ठम्) the lower and upper lip. -कंटकः a prickly plant; Hedysarum Alhagi (धमासा Mar.). -कंटिका a plant, Asparagus racemosus (Mar. लघुशतावरी). -कण्ठः the lower part of the neck. -कायः [अधरं कायस्य] the lower part of the body. -पानम् kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip. -मधु, -अमृतम् the nectar of the lips. -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir. |
| |
| adhas | अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir. |
| |
| adhyakṣa | अध्यक्ष a. [अधिगतः अक्षं इन्द्रियं व्यवहारं वा] 1 Perceptible to the senses, visible; यैरध्यक्षैरथ निजसखं नीरदं स्मारयद्भिः Bv.4.17. -2 One who exercises supervision, presiding over. cf. प्रत्यक्षे$धिकृते$ध्यक्षः । Nm. -क्षः 1 A superintendent, president, head, lord, master, controller, ruler. ततो राज्ञः कलत्राणि भ्रातॄणां चास्य सर्वतः । वाहनेषु समारोप्य अध्यक्षाः प्राद्रवन्भ- यात् ॥ Mb.9.29.94. मया$ध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1; यदध्यक्षेण जगतां वयमारोपितास्त्वया Ku.6.17; इत्यध्यक्षप्रचारो द्वितीयमधिकरणम् । Kau. A.2 oft. in comp.; गज˚, सेना˚, ग्राम˚, द्वार˚. -2 An eye-witness (Ved.) -3 N. of a plant (क्षीरिका) Mimusops Kauki. (Mar. दुधी). |
| |
| apnaḥ | अप्नः अप्नस् n. [आप्-असुन् नुट् ह्रस्वश्च, Uṇ.4.27] 1 Possession, property. -2 Work, sacrificial act or rite, any act. -3 Offspring. -4 Form, shape. -5 To be obtained (used actively); [cf. L. ops]. -Comp. -स्थ a. superintending work (कर्मण्यधिकृत); (or m.) proprietor of an estate. -राजः lord of wealth or property, illustrious by means of works; directing works to be done (कर्मप्रेरक). |
| |
| abhighṛ | अभिघृ (Used only in caus.) 1 To cause to trickel down, let fall down by drops; तां (वपां) आध्वर्युः स्रुवेणा- भिघारयन्नाह Ait. Br. -2 To sprinkle with. |
| |
| ayana | अयन a. [अय्-ल्युट्] Going (at the end of comp.); यथेमा नद्यः स्यन्दमानाः समुद्रायणाः Praśn. Up. 1 Going, moving, walking; as in रामायणम्. -2 A walk, path, way, road; आयन्नापो$यनमिच्छमानाः Rv.3.33.7. अगस्त्य- चिह्नादयनात् R.16.44. -3 A place, site, abode, place of resort; Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. ता यदस्यायनं पूर्वम् Ms. 1.1 (occurring in the derivation of the word नारायण). -4 A way of entrance, an entrance (to an array of troops or व्यूह); अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमव- स्थिताः Bg.1.11. -5 Rotation, circulation period; अङ्गिरसां अयनम्; इष्टि˚, पशु˚. -6 A particular period in the year for the performance of particular sacrificial or other religious works; N. of certain sacrificial performances; as गवामयनम्. -7 The sun's passage, north and south of the equator. -8 (Hence) The period of this passage, half year, the time from one solstice to another; see उत्तरायण and दक्षिणायन; cf. also सायन and निरयण. -9 the equinoctial and solstitial points; दक्षिणम् अयनम् winter solstice; उत्तरम् अयनम् summer solstice; -1 Method, manner, way. -11 A Śāstra, scripture or inspired writing. -12 Final emancipation; नान्यः पन्था विद्यते$यनाय Śvet. Up. -13 A commentary; treatise. -14 The deities presiding over the ayanas. -Comp. -अंशः, -भागः the arc between the vernal equinoctial point and beginning of the fixed zodiac or first point of Aries. -कलाः The correction (in minutes) for ecliptic deviation. Sūryasiddhānta. -कालः the interval between the solstices. -ग्रहः A planet's longitude as corrected for ecliptic deviation; ibid. -जः a month caused by ayanāṁśa. -परिवृत्तिः Change of the अयन; sun's passage from one side of the equator to the other; अयनपरिवृत्ति- र्व्यस्तशब्देनोच्यते । ŚB. on MS.6.5.37. -संक्रमः, -संक्रान्तिः f. passage through the zodiac. -वृत्तम् the ecliptic. |
| |
| ardha | अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable. |
| |
| ādhmānam | आध्मानम् [आ-ध्मा-ल्युट्] 1 Blowing inflation; (fig.) growth, increase; अयं विन्ध्यो येनाहृतविहृतिराध्मानमजहात् Mv.7.14. -2 Boasting, vaunting. -3 A bellows. -4 Intumescence, swelling of the belly, body &c., dropsy. -नी 1 A kind of fragrant substance. -2 A blow-pipe. |
| |
| āpaṇaka | आपणक आपणिक a. [आपणादागतः ठक्] 1 Relating to traffic, market &c.; mercantile; सम्मार्जितमहामार्गरथ्यापणक- चत्वराम् Bhāg.1.11.14. -2 Got from the market (as duties.). -कः 1 A shop-keeper, merchant, dealer. -2 A tax on market shops. -3 Assize, market-rate. |
| |
| āma | आम a. [आम्यते ईषत् पच्यते; आ अम् कर्मणि घञ् Tv.] 1 Raw, uncooked, undressed (opp. पक्व) (oft. applied to the cow in the Veda; Rv.3.3.14.); आमान्नम् Ms.4.223; Y.1.287. -2 Unripe, immature; तुदन्त्या- मत्वचं दंशा मशका मत्कुणादयः Bhāg.3.31.27. -3 Unbaked, unannealed (as a jar); आमकुम्भ इवाम्भःस्थो विशीर्णः H.4.66. -4 Undigested. -म् 1 State of being raw; शनैः शनैर्जहुः पङ्कं स्थलान्यामं च वीरुधः Bhāg.1.2.39. -2 Constipation, passing hard excretion. -3 Grain freed from chaff. -मः 1 Disease; sickness. -2 Indigestion; आहारस्य रसः सारः यो न पक्वो$ग्निलाघवात् । आमसंज्ञां स लभते महाव्याधिसमाश्रयः ॥ Suśr. -Comp. -अतिसारः dysentery or diarrhœa caused by vitiated mucus in the abdomen (the excretion being in this case mixed with hard and fetid matter). आमातिसारे नो कार्य- मादौ संग्रहणं नृणाम् Suśr. -अद् a. eating raw flesh or food; आमादः क्ष्विङ्कास्त मदन्त्वेनीः Rv.1.87.7. -अन्नम् undressed rice. -आशयः [आमस्यापक्वान्नस्याशयः] 'receptacle of undigested food', the upper part of the belly to the navel, stomach. -कुम्भः a jar of unbaked clay; H.4.66. -गन्धि n. smelling of raw meat of a burning corpse. -गन्धिकम् the smell of raw meat. -ज्वरः a kind of fever; cf. स्वेद्यमामज्वरं प्राज्ञः को$म्भसा परिषिञ्चति Śi.2.54. -त्वच् a. of tender skin. -पाकः1 a preliminary stage of the disease called dropsy. -2 A method of mellowing or ripening a tumour; Suśr.. -पात्रम् an unannealed vessel; Av.8.1.28; विनाशं व्रजति क्षिप्रमाम- पात्रमिवाम्भसि Ms.3.179. -पीनसम् running at the nose, defluxion. -पेशाः Grains pounded in a raw condition. -मांसाशिन् m. a cannibal, an eater of raw flesh. -रक्तम् dysentery. -रसः imperfect chyme. -वातः constipation, torpor of the bowels attended with flatulence and intumescence. -शूलः pain of indigestion, colic. -श्राद्धम् a Śrāddha performed with uncooked food; आपद्यनग्नौ तीर्थे च चन्द्रसूर्यग्रहे तथा । आमश्राद्धं द्विजैः कार्यं शूद्रेण च सदैव हि ॥ Prāchetasa. |
| |
| āvari | आवरि (री) तृ a. One that covers or envelops; शरैरावारितस्तस्य संयुगो पतगेश्वरः Rām.3.51.12; यः सर्वेषामा- वरीता वरीयान् Ki.18.4. |
| |
| ugaṇa | उगण a. Ved. Consisting of troops with uplifted or ready weapons (उदायुधगणोपेत). |
| |
| udakam | उदकम् [उन्द्-ण्वुल् नि ˚नलोपश्च Uṇ.2.39] Water; अनीत्वा पङ्कतां धूलिमुदकं नावतिष्ठते Śi.2.34. उदकं दा, -प्रदा or कृ To offer a libation of water to a dead person; इत्येवमुक्तो मारीचः कृत्वोदकमथात्मनः Mb.3.278.14. उदकं उपस्पृश् to touch certain parts of the body with water, bathe; [cf. Gr. hudor; L. unda 'a wave']. -Comp. -अञ्जलिः 1 A handful water. -2 See उदककर्मन्. -अन्तः margin of water, bank, shore; ओदकान्तात्स्निग्धो जनो$- नुगन्तव्य इति श्रूयते Ś.4. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of water, thirsty. -आत्मन् a. chiefly consisting of water; अव- कोल्बा उदकात्मान ओषधयः Av.8.7.9. -आधारः a reservoir, a cistern, well. -उदञ्जनः a water-jar. -उदरम् dropsy. -उदरिन् a. dropsical. -ओदनः rice boiled with water. -कर्मन्, -कार्यम्, -क्रिया, -दानम् presentation of (a libation of) water to dead ancestors or the manes; लुप्तपिण्डोदकक्रियाः Bg.1.42. वृकोदरस्योदकक्रियां कुरु Ve.6; Y.3.4. -कार्यम् Ablution of the body; Rām. -कुम्भः a water-jar. -कृच्छ्रः a kind of vow. -क्ष्वेडिका f. sprinkling water on each other, a kind of amorous play; Vātsyāyana. -गाहः entering water, bathing; P.VI.3.6. -गिरिः, -पर्वतः mountain abounding in streams of water. -ग्रहणम् drinking water; Pt.1. -चन्द्रः a kind of magic. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -दानिक a. giver of water; (विशुध्यन्ति) त्र्यहादुदकदायिनः Ms.5.64. (-दः) 1 a giver of water to the manes. -2 an heir, near kinsman. -दानम् = ˚कर्मन् q. v. -धरः a cloud. -परीक्षा a kind of ordeal. -पूर्वकम् ind. preceded by the pouring of water, by pouring water on the hand as preparatory to or confirmatory of a gift or promise. -प्रतीकाश a. watery, like water. -प्रवेशः A water burial (जलसमाधि); Mb.3. -भारः, -वीवधः a. yoke for carrying water. -भूमः water or moist soil. -मञ्जरी N. of a work on medicine. ˚रसः A particular decoction used as a febrifuge. -मण्डलुः a water-pitcher (Ved.) -मन्थः a kind of peeled grain. -मेहः a sort of diabetes (passing watery urine). -मेहिन् a. suffering from this disease. -वज्रः 1 a thunder-shower. -2 thunderbolt in the form of shower; see उदवज्रः. -वाद्यम् 'water music' (performed by striking cups filled with water; cf. जलतरङ्ग), one of the 64 Kalās; Vātsyāyana. -शाकम् any aquatic herb. -शान्तिः f. sprinkling holy or consecrated water over a sick person to allay fever; cf. शान्त्युदकम्. -शील a. Practising the उदक ceremony; जपेदुदकशीलः स्यात् Mb.12.123.22. -शुद्ध a. bathed, purified by ablutions. -सक्तुः ground rice moistened with water. -स्पर्शः 1 touching different parts of the body with water. -2 touching water preparatory to or in confirmation of an oath, gift, or promise. -हारः a water-carrier. |
| |
| udānaḥ | उदानः [अन्-घञ्] 1 Breathing upwards. -2 Breathing, breath in general. -3 One of the five vital airs or life-winds which rises up the throat and enters into the head); the other four being प्राण, अपान, समान and व्यान; स्पन्दयत्यधरं वक्त्रं गात्रनेत्रप्रकोपनः । उद्वेजयति मर्माणि उदानो नाम मारुतः ॥ -4 (With Buddhists) An expression of praise or joy. -5 The navel. -6 An eye-lash. -7 A kind of snake. 2. उदन् n. [उन्द्-कनिन् P.VI.1.63] Water (usually occurring in compounds either at the beginning or at the end, and as an optional substitute for उदक after the acc. dual. It has no forms for the first five inflections. In comp. it drops its न्); e. g. उदधि, अच्छोद, क्षीरोद &c. -Comp. -आशयः A lake, tank; शरदुदाशये साधुजातसत्सरसिजोदरश्रीमुषा दृशा Bhāg.1.31.2. -ओदनः water-meal. -कीर्णः-र्यः N. of a tree (महाकरंज) the bark of which is rubbed and thrown in water to stun the fishes). -कुम्भः a water-jar; Ms.2.182,3.68. तपःकृशः शान्त्युदकुम्भहस्तः Bk. -ग्राभः Holding water, a cloud (Ved.) उदग्राभस्य नमयन् वधस्नैः Rv.9.97.15. -कोष्ठः A water-jar. -ज a. aquatic, watery, produced in or by water. -जम् A lotus; एतद्धृषीकचषकैरसकृत्पिबामः शर्वादयो$ङजमध्वमृतासवंध्ऱ्यु ते Bhāg.1.14.33. -धानः [उदकं धीयते अत्र] 1 a water-jar. -2 a cloud. -धिः [उदकानि धीयन्ते$त्र धा-कि उदादेशः] 1 the receptacle of waters, ocean; उदधेरिव निम्नगाशतेष्वभवन्नास्य विमानना क्वचित् R.8.8. -2 a cloud. -3 a lake, any large reservoir of water. -4 a water-jar. -5 a symbolical expression for the number 4 or 7. ˚कन्या, तनया, सुता Lakṣmī, the daughter of the ocean (produced from the ocean among the 14 jewels). ˚क्रमः, -क्राः m. a voyager, mariner. ˚मलः 1 cuttle-fish-bone. -2 the foam of the ocean. ˚मेखला or ˚वस्त्रा the earth (girdled by the ocean, sea-girt). ˚राजः the king of waters, i. e. the chief ocean. ˚संभवम् sea-salt. ˚सुता N. of Lakṣmī; and of Dvārakā, the capital of Kṛiṣṇa (said to have been reclaimed from the ocean). -नेमि a. Rimmed by the ocean. -प a. crossing the water (as a boat). -पात्रम्, -त्री a water-jug, vessel; Ms.3.96. -पानः, -नम् a small pool or pond near a well, or the well itself; K.5. यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः संप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46. ˚मण्डूकः (lit.) a frog in a well; (fig.) one who has had no experience of the world at large, a man of limited ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -पीतिः f. A place for drinking water. -पेषम् a paste, anything ground with water. (-पम्) ind. P.III.4.38 and P.VI.3.28. by grinding in water. -प्रुत् a. Ved. causing water to flow; swimming or splashing in water (?). -प्लवः Waterflood (जलप्रलय); Bhāg 12.4.13. (v. l. for उपप्लव). -प्लुत a. swimming in water. उदप्लुतमिव दार्वहीनाम् Av.1.4.3. -बिन्दुः a drop of water; (प्रपेदिरे) चिरेण नाभि प्रथमोद- बिन्दवः Ku.5.24. -भारः 1 a water-carrier, i. e. a cloud. -2 Water current (पूर); यमस्वसुश्चित्र इवोदभारः (रराज) Śi.3.11. -मन्थः barley-water; a particular mixture; Mb.13.64.26. -मानः, -नम् a fiftieth part of an आढक q. v. -मेघः 1 a watery cloud. -2 a shower of rain; तुग्रो ह भुज्युमश्विनोदमेघे Rv.1.116.3. -मेहिन् a. Having watery urine or diabetes. -लाव- णिक a. salted, prepared with brine, briny. -वज्रः 1 a thunder shower; water-spout. -2 thunderbolt in the form of water; भिन्दानो हृदयमसाहि नोदवज्रः Śi.8.39. -वाप one who offers waters to the manes. -वासः standing or residence in water; सहस्यरात्रीरुदवासतत्परा Ku.5.26. (-सम्) a house on the borders of a stream or pond. -वासिन् a. standing in water; K.23. -वाह a. bringing water; दिवा चित् तमः कृण्वन्ति पर्जन्येनोदवाहेन Rv.1.38.9. (-हः) a cloud. -वाहनम् 1 a water-vessel. -2 A cloud. -वावधः a yoke for carrying water. -शरावः a jar filled with water; उदशराव आत्मानवेक्ष्य. -शुद्धः a water-jar. -श्वित् n. [उदकन जलेन श्वयति] butter-milk containing fifty per cent water; (i. e. 2 parts of butter-milk and 1 part of water); श्रेयस्तैलं हि पिण्याकाद् घृतं श्रेय उदश्वितः Mb.12.167.35. -स्थानम् 1 a place full of water. -4 residence in water. -स्थाली a kettle, vessel for holding water. -हरणः a vessel for drawing water. -हार a. fetching or carrying water. (-रः) a cloud (watercarrier). |
| |
| udaram | उदरम् [उद्-ऋ-अप्] 1 The belly; दुष्पूरोदरपूरणाय Bh. 2.119; cf. कृशोदरी, उदरभरणम्, उदरंभरि &c. -2 The interior or inside of anything, cavity; तडाग˚ Pt.2.15; R.5.7; U.2.16,4.29; त्वां कारयामि कमलोदरबन्धनस्थम् Ś.6.2; Śānti.1.5; Ś.1.19; Amaru.88; जलदोदरेभ्यः Mk.5; Rs.3.12; घनानां वारिगर्भोदराणाम् Ś.7.7. -3 Enlargement of the abdomen from dropsy or flatulence; तस्य होदरं जज्ञे Ait. Br. -4 Any morbid abdominal affection, such as liver, spleen &c. (said to be of 8 kinds वात˚, पित्त˚, कफ˚, त्रिलिङ्ग˚ or दूषी˚, प्लीहा˚, बद्धगुद˚, आगन्तुक˚ and जल˚). -5 Slaughter [cf. L. uterus; Zend. udara]. -6 Battle. -Comp. -अग्निः The digestive faculty. -आध्मानः flatulence of the belly. -आमयः disease of the belly, dysentery, diarrhœa. -आमयिन् a. suffering from dysentery. -आवर्तः the navel. -आवेष्टः the tape-worm. -ग्रन्थिः, -गुल्मः disease of the spleen. -त्राणम् 1 a cuirass, armour covering the front of the body. -2 a bellyband. -पिशाच a. [उदरे तत्पूर्तौ पिशाच इव] gluttonous, voracious (having a devilish appetite). (-चः) a glutton. -पूरम् ind. till the belly is full; P.III.4.31. उदरपूरं भुङ्क्ते Sk. eats his fill. -पोषणम्, -भरणम् feeding the belly, support of life (cf. उदरंभरि). -शय a. अधिकरणे शेतेः P.III.2.15; sleeping on the face or the belly. (-यः) fœtus. -सर्वस्वः a glutton, an epicure (one to whom the belly is all-in-all |
| |
| uṣṭraḥ | उष्ट्रः [उष्-ट्रन्-किच्च Uṇ.4.161.] 1 Camel; अथोष्ट्रवामी- शतवाहितार्थम् R.5.32; Ms.3.162,4.12,11.22. -2 A buffalo. -3 A bull with a hump. -4 A cart or carriage. -ष्ट्री 1 A she-camel. -2 An earthen vessel in the shape of a camel. -3 Bignonia Spathacea (Mar. मेडशिंगी). [cf. Pers. ushtar; Zend ustra.] -Comp. -अक्षः A camel-eyed (horse) उष्ट्राक्षाः प्रियदर्शनाश्च सुभगाः श्वासैः सुगन्धैश्च ये; Bhoja's Śālilhotra. -कर्णिका (pl.) N. of a country or its inhabitants, in the south. -काण्डी A thistle dear to camels, Echinops echinatus (Mar. उंटकटारी). -क्रोशिन् a. making a noise like a camel. -गोयुगम् a couple of camels; यथा गोस्तद्वदुष्ट्रस्य युगं उष्ट्रगो- युगम् Mbh. on P.V.2.29. -ग्रीवः, -शिरोधरः piles. -निषदनम् A particular posture among Yogins. -पादिका Jasminum Zambac (Mar. मोगरा). -प्रमाणः A kind of fabulous eight-footed animal शरभ. -यानम् camel- litter. |
| |
| ūrdhva | ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला). |
| |
| audarika | औदरिक a. (-की f.) [उदरे एव प्रसितः ठक्] 1 Voracious, gluttonous, glutton; सर्वत्रौदरिकस्याभ्यवहार्यमेव विषयः V.3; M.4. also Mb.7.139.95. -2 Dropsical; Hch. |
| |
| kumbhaḥ | कुम्भः [कुं भूमिं कुत्सितं वा उम्भति पूरयति उम्भ्-अच् शकं˚ Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, jar; इयं सुस्तनी मस्तकन्यस्तकुम्भा Jag.; वर्जयेत्तादृशं मित्रं विषकुम्भं पयोमुखम् H.1.74; R.2.36; so कुच˚, स्तन˚. -2 The frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; इभकुम्भ Māl.5.32; मत्तेभकुम्भदलने भुवि सन्ति शूराः Bh.1.59. -3 Aquarius, the eleventh sign of the zodiac. -4 A measure of grain equal to 2 droṇas; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32. -5 (In Yoga phil.) Closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing. -6 The paramour of a harlot. -7 An urn in which the bones of dead bodies are collected. -8 A kind of heart-disease. -9 N. of a plant (and also of its fruit); क्वचिद् बिल्वैः क्वचित्कुम्भैः क्वचिच्चा- मलकमुष्टिभिः Bhāg.1.18.14. -भा A harlot, a whore. -भम् A fragrant resin (गुग्गुल). -Comp. -उदरः one of the attendants of Śiva; अवेहि मां किङ्करमष्टमूर्तेः कुम्भोदरं नाम निकुम्भमित्रम् R.2.35. -उलूकः a kind of owl; हृत्वा पिष्ट- मयं पूपं कुम्भोलूकः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.11. -उलूखकम् a medicinal plant (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -कर्णः 'pitcher-eared', N. of a gigantic Rākṣasa, a brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma. [He is said to have devoured thousands of beings including sages and heavenly nymphs, and the gods were anxiously waiting for an opportunity to retaliate upon the powerful demon. After Brahmā had inflicted on him a curse for the humiliation to which he subjected Indra and his elephant Airāvata, Kumbhakarṇa began to practise the most rigid austerities. Brahmā was pleased and was about to grant him a boon, when the gods requested Sarasvatī to sit on his tongue and to pervert it. Accordingly when he went to the god, instead of asking Indrapada he asked Nidrāpada which was readily granted. It is said that he slept for six months at a time, and, when roused, was awake for only one day. When Lankā was besieged by the monkey-troops of Rāma, Ravāṇa with great difficulty roused Kumbhakarṇa, desirous of availing himself of his gigantic strength. After having drunk 2 jars of liquor, he took Sugrīva prisoner, besides devouring thousands of monkeys. He was ultimately slain by Rāma.] Rām.6; R.12.8. -2 an epithet of Śiva; Mb.12. -कामला a bilious affection. -कारः 1 a potter; मृद्दण्डचक्रसंयोगात्कुम्भकारो यथा घटम् (करोति) Y.3.146. -2 a mixed tribe (वेश्यायां विप्रतश्चौर्यात् कुम्भकारः स उच्यते Uśanas; or मालाकारात्कर्मकर्यां कुम्भकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -3 a serpent. -4 a kind of wild fowl. (-री), -कारिका 1 the wife of a potter. -2 a kind of collyrium. -घोणः N. of a town. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -योनिः, m. -संभवः 1 epithets of Agastya; एतदाख्याय रामाय महर्षिः कुम्भसंभवः Rām.7.8.1; प्रससादोदयादम्भः कुम्भयोनेर्महौजसः R.4.21;15.55. -2 an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -3 an epithet of Vasiṣṭha. -दासी a bawd, procuress; sometimes used as a term of reproach or abuse. -धरः the sign ef the zodiac called Aquarius. -पञ्जरः a niche in the wall. -राशिः the sign Aquarius. -रेतस् m. a form of Agni. -लग्नम् that time of the day in which Aquarius rises above the horizon. -मण्डूकः 1 (lit.) a frog in a pitcher. -2 (fig.) an inexperienced man; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -शाला pottery. -सन्धिः the hollow on the top of an elephant's head between the frontal globes. |
| |
| kṣaṇaḥ | क्षणः णम् [क्षणोति दुःखं क्षण्-अच्] 1 An instant, moment, measure of time equal to 4/5 of a second; न हि कश्चित्क्षणमपि Bg.3.5; क्षणमात्रमृषिस्तस्थौ सुप्तमीन इव ह्रदः R.1.73;2.6; Me.26; क्षणमवतिष्ठस्व wait a moment. -2 Leisure; अहमपि लब्धक्षणः स्वगेहं गच्छामि M.1; Pt.1.138; गृहीतः क्षणः Ś.2 'my leisure is at your disposal' i. e. I pledge my word to do your work. -3 A fit moment or opportunity; रहो नास्ति क्षणो नास्ति नास्ति प्रार्थयिता नरः Pt.1.138; Me.64; अधिगतक्षणः Dk.147. -4 An auspicious or lucky moment. -5 A festival, joy, delight; तदेव वीरो$भिजगाम तोरणं कृतक्षणः काल इव प्रजाक्षये Rām. 5.47.38. -6 Dependence, servitude. -7 The centre, the middle. -8 A certain day of the fortnight (as the full moon). -9 Rule, resolution; गन्तुं भूमीं कृतक्षणाः Mb.1.64.51. (In comp. क्षण is translated by 'momentary', 'temporary'. क्षणात्, -क्षणेन् in a moment, at once, immediately). -क्षणेक्षणे ind. Every instant, moment; क्षणेक्षणे यन्नवतामुपैति तदेव रूपं रमणीयतायाः आरब्धै- र्व्यसनैर्भूम्ना क्षीणकोशः क्षणे क्षणे Rāj. T.5.166. -Comp. -अन्तरे ind. the next moment, after a little while. -अर्धम् half a moment, small space of time. -क्षेपः a momentary delay. -दः an astrologer. (-दम्) 1 night-blindness. -2 water. (-दा) 1 night; क्षणादथैष क्षणदापतिप्रभः N.1.67; R.8.74;16.45; Śi.3.53. -2 turmeric. ˚करः, ˚पतिः the moon; उदिते क्षणदाकरे Śi.9.7. ˚चरः a night-walker, a demon; सानुप्लवः प्रभुरपि क्षणदाचराणां R.13.75. ˚आन्ध्यम् night-blindness, nyctalopsis. -द्युतिः f. -प्रकाशा, -प्रभा lightning. -निःश्वासः the porpoise. -भङ्गवादः the doctrine of the continual decay of things (Buddh.); Bādarāyaṇa 2.1.18. -भङ्गुर a. transient, frail, perishable; मृगतृष्णासमं वीक्ष्य संसारं क्षणभङ्गुरम् H.4. 13. -मात्रम् ind. for a moment; क्षणमात्रमृषिस्तस्थौ सुप्त- मीन इव ह्रदः R.1.73. -रामिन् m. a pigeon. -विध्वंसिन् a. perishable in a moment. (-m.) a class of atheistic philosophers who deny the continued identity of any part of nature, and maintain that the universe perishes and undergoes a new creation every instant. -वीर्यम् an auspicious moment (क्षण, मुहूर्त). |
| |
| gaṇaḥ | गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्] 1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः -2 A series, a class. -3 A body of followers or attendants. -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13. -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects. -6 A company, association. -7 A tribe, class. -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons). -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion). -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21. -11 A number (in math.). -12 A foot (in prosody). -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू. -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals. -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219. -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (-रः) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms.3.154. -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead. -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 of Śiva. -उत्साहः the rhinoceros. -कारः 1 a classifier. -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena. -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times. -गतिः a particular high number. -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men. -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet. -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection. -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class. -2 performance of rites for a number of persons. -दीक्षिन् a. 1 one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa. -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them :-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥ -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187. -2 a variety of articles. -धरः 1 the head of a class or number. -2 the teacher of a school. -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13. -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman]. -3 also an epithet of Bṛihaspati and Indra. -4 the leader of a class or troop. -पर्वत see गणाचल. -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule. -पीठकम् the breast, bosom. -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24. -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad. -भर्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of a class. -भोजनम् mess, eating in common. -यज्ञः a rite common to all. -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna. -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14. -रात्रम् a series of nights. -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12. -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्. -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume. |
| |
| gaṇaśas | गणशस् ind. In troops or flocks, by classes; यान्ये- तानि देवजातानि गणश आख्यायन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.12. |
| |
| galanam | गलनम् [गल् भावे ल्युट्] 1 Oozing, trickling, dripping. -2 Leaking. -3 Melting, fusing. -4 Falling down or off. गलन्तिका galantikā गलन्ती galantī गलन्तिका गलन्ती 1 A small pitcher. -2 A small water-jar with a hole in the bottom from which the water drops upon the object of worship (an image, Liṅga, Tulasī &c.) placed below. |
| |
| gṛñjanaḥ | गृञ्जनः 1 A small red variety of garlic or onion (prohibited as food for द्विज); लशुनं गृञ्जनं चैव पलाण्डुं कवकानि च । अभक्ष्याणि द्विजातीनाममेध्यप्रभवाणि च ॥ Ms.5.5; Y.1.176. -2 A turnip. -3 The tops of hemp chewed to produce intoxication, the Gānjā. -नम् The meat of an animal destroyed by poisoned arrow; 'अथ गृञ्जनं विषदिग्धपशोर्मांसे' Medinī. । Mb.13.9.39. |
| |
| grāmya | ग्राम्य a. [ग्राम-यत्] 1 Relating to or used in a village; संत्यज्य ग्राम्यमाहारम् Ms.6.3;7.12. -2 Living in a village, rural, rustic; अल्पव्ययेन सुन्दरि ग्राम्यजनो मिष्टमश्नाति Chand. M.1. -3 Domesticated, tame (as an animal). -4 Cultivated (opp. वन्य 'growing wild'). -5 Low, vulgar, used only by low people (as a word); चुम्बनं देहि मे भार्ये कामचाण्डालतृप्तये R. G., or कटिस्ते हरते मनः S. D.574, are instances of ग्राम्य expressions; तस्मात्संप्रति- पत्तिरेव हि वरं न ग्राम्यमत्रोत्तरम् Mu.5.18; Bhāg.5.2.17. -6 Indecent, obscene. -7 Relating to sexual pleasures. -8 Relating to a musical scale. -म्यः 1 A villager; Y.2.166. -2 A tame hog. -3 The first two signs of the zodiac, Aries and Taurus. -म्या The Indigo plant. -म्यम् 1 A rustic speech. -2 Food prepared in a village. -3 Sexual intercourse. -4 Acceptance. -5 The Prakṛit and other dialects. -Comp. -अश्वः an ass. -कर्मन् n. 1 the occupation of a villager -2 sexual pleasure; ग्राम्यकर्मणैव विस्मृतकालावधिः Bhāg.5.14.31. -कुङ्कुमम् safflower. -धर्मः 1 the duty of a villager. -2 sexual intercourse, copulation. -3 the right of a villager (as opp. to that of a 'recluse'). -धान्यम् crops growing in a village; दश ग्राम्याणि धान्यानि भवन्ति व्रीहियवा- स्तिलमाषा अणुप्रियङ्गवो गोधूमाश्च मसूराश्च खल्वाश्च खलकुलाश्च ... । Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -पशुः a domestic animal; Bhāg. 6.15.16. -बुद्धि a. boorish, clownish, ignorant. -मृगः a dog; ग्राम्यमृग इव हविस्तदयं (न भजते) Śi.15.15. -वल्लभा a harlot, prostitute. -वादिन् m. a village bailiff; Ts.2.3.1.3. -सुखम् sexual intercourse, copulation; cf. अविदित्वा सुखं ग्राम्यं वैतृष्ण्यं नैति पूरुषः Bhāg.9.18.4. |
| |
| ghṛta | घृत a. [घृ-क्त] 1 Sprinkled. -2 Illumined. -तम् 1 Ghee, clarified butter; (सर्पिर्विलीनमाज्यं स्याद् घनीभूतं घृतं भवेत् Sāy.). -2 Butter. -3 Water. -4 Spirit, energy (तेजस्); मधुच्युतो घृतपृक्ता विशोकास्ते नान्तवन्तः प्रतिपालयन्ति Mb.1.92.15. -Comp. -अक्त a. annointed with ghee. विधवायां नियुक्तस्तु घृताक्तो वाग्यतो निशि । एकमुत्पादयेत्पुत्रं... ॥ Ms.9.6. -अन्नः, -अर्चिस् m. blazing fire; शुचिश्रवा हृषीकेशो घृतार्चिर्हंस उच्यते Mb.12.43.7. -अवनिः the spot on the sacrificial post which is smeared with ghee. -आहवनः fire. -आहुतिः f. an oblation of ghee. -आह्वः 1 the Sarala tree. -2 turpentine. -उदः 'ocean of ghee' one of the seven oceans. -ओदनः boiled rice mixed with ghee. -कुमारिका, -कुमारी Aloe Indica (Mar. कोरफड); Bhāvapr.5.3.282. -कुल्या a stream of ghee. -केशः 1 fire. -2 one whose locks are unctuous; ऊर्जो नपातं घृतकेशमीमहे Rv.8.6.2. -गन्धः a horse having the smell of ghee; घृतगन्धो भवेद्वैश्यो ... । Śālihotra Appendix II,17. -दीधितिः fire. -धारा a continuous stream of ghee. -धेनुः ghee in the shape of milch-cow. -निर्णिज् a. shining. (-m.) fire. -पदी an epithet of the goddess Ilā; (whose foot drops with ghee); इळा देवी घृतपदी जुषन्त Rv.1.7.8. -पशुः a sacrificial victim represented by ghee; कुर्याद् घृतपशुं संगे Ms.5.37. -पूरः, -वरः a kind of sweetmeat; also ˚पूर्वकः, -पृच् a. accompanied with ghee; घृतेन द्यावापृथिवी अभीवृते घृतश्रिया घृतपृचा घृतावृधा Rv.6.7.4. -पृष्ठ a. having a shining body. -प्रतीकः, -प्रय m., -प्रसत्त fire; घृतप्रतीको घृतपृष्ठो अग्ने Av. 2.13.1; घृतप्रया सधमादे मधूनाम् Rv.3.43.3; घृतप्रसत्तो असुरः सुशेवः 5.15.1. -प्राशः, -प्राशनम् swallowing ghee; Ms.11.143;5.144. -प्लुत a. sprinkled with ghee; अग्नौकरिष्यन्नादाय पृच्छत्यन्नं घृतप्लुतम् Y.1.236; Bhāg.3.16.8. -मण्डः the scum of melted butter. -योनिः fire; तनूनपाद् घृतयोनिं विधन्तम् Rv.3.4.2. -लेखनी a ladle for ghee. -हेतुः butter. |
| |
| cakram | चक्रम् [क्रियते अनेन, कृ घञर्थे< क नि˚ द्वित्वम् Tv.] 1 The wheel of a carriage; चक्रवत्परिवर्तन्ते दुःखानि च सुखानि च H.1.173. -2 A potter's wheel. -3 A sharp circular missile, weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu). -4 An oil-mill; दशसूनासमं चक्रं दशचक्रसमो ध्वजः Mb.13.125.9. -5 A circle, ring; कलाप- चक्रेषु निवेशिताननम् Ṛs.2.14. -6 A troop, multitude, collection, Śi.2.17. -7 A realm, sovereignty; स्वस्थं स्वचक्रं परचक्रमुक्तम् Bu. Ch.2.15; cf. चक्रं सैन्यथाङ्गयोः । राष्ट्रे दम्भान्तरे ... । Medinī. -8 A province, district, a group of villages. -9 A form of military array in a circle. -1 A circle or depression of the body. -11 A cycle, cycle of years. -12 The horizon; यावदावर्तते चक्रं तावती मे वसुन्धरा Rām.2.1.36. -13 An army, a host. -14 Section of a book. -15 A whirlpool. -16 The winding of a river. -17 An astronomical circle; राशि˚ the zodiac. -18 Circular flight (of birds &c.). -19 A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon. -2 Range, department in general. -21 The convolutions or spiral marks of the शालिग्राम. -22 A crooked or fraudulent contrivance. -क्रः 1 The ruddy goose (also called चक्रवाक); पद्मोल्लासविधायिनि सत्पथदीप्तिकृति चक्रभव्यकरे Viś. Guṇā.274. -2 A multitude, troop, group. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a gander having a curved neck. -2 a carriage. _x001F_+-3 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक); चक्राङ्गान् स च नित्यं वै सर्वतो वनगोच- रान् Mb.12.268.36. (-ङ्गी) a goose. (-ङ्गम्) a parasol. -अटः 1 a juggler, snake-catcher. -2 a rogue, knave, cheat. -3 a particular coin, a dināra. -अधिवासिन् m. the orange tree. -अरः, (-रम्) the spoke of a wheel; चक्रारपङ्क्तिरिव गच्छति भाग्यपङ्क्तिः । Svapna.1.4. -अश्मन् n. a machine to hurl stones at a distance; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्ड्युद्यतबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -आकार, -आकृति a. circular, round. -आयुधः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आवर्तः whirling or rotatory motion. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः the ruddy goose; -ईश्वरः 1 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu. -2 the officer in charge of a district. -ईश्वरी N. of the Jaina goddess of learning. -उपजीविन् m. an oil-man. -कारकम् 1 a nail. -2 a kind of perfume. -गजः the plant Cassia Tora. -गण्डुः a round pillow. -गतिः f. rotation, revolution. -गुच्छः the Aśoka tree. -ग्रहणम्, -णी f. a rampart, an entrenchment. -चक्रम् A flock of चक्रवाक birds; अस्ताद्रिपद्मा- करचक्रचक्रे तत्कालविज्ञातपतङ्गपाते । सद्यो दिदीपे विरहानलः ...... । Rām. Ch.6.19. -चर a. moving in a circle; (-रः) a juggler. -चारिन् m. a chariot. -चूडामणिः a round jewel in a coronet or diadem. -जीवकः, -जीविन् m. a potter. -तीर्थम् N. of a holy place. -तुण्डः a kind of fish; रोहितांश्चक्रतुण्डांश्च नलमीनांश्च राघव Rām.3.73.14. -दंष्ट्रः a hog. -घनः a thunder cloud. -धर a. 1 bearing or having a wheel. -2 carrying a discus. -3 driving in a carriage. (-रः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; चक्रघरप्रभावः R. 16.55. -2 a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province; वृद्धानां भारतप्तानां स्त्रीणां चक्रधरस्य च Mb.13.162.38. -3 a village tumbler or juggler. -4 a snake; भवेच्चक्रधरो विष्णौ भुजङ्गे ग्रामजालिनि Viśvalochana. -धारा the periphery of a wheel. -नदी the Gaṇḍakī river. -नाभिः the nave of a wheel. -नामन् m. 1 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक). -2 a pyritic ore of iron. -नायकः 1 the leader of a troop. -2 a kind of perfume. -नेमिः f. the periphery or circumference of a wheel; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.19. -पाणिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bg.11.49. -पादः, -पादकः 1 a carriage. -2 an elephant. -पालः 1 the governor of a province. -2 an officer in charge of a division of an army. -3 horizon. -4 a circle. -5 one who carries a discus. -फलम् a kind of discus. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः the sun. -बालः, -डः, -वालः, -लम्, -डम् 1 a ring, circle. -2 a collection, group, multitude, mass; कैरव- चक्रवालम् Bh.2.74; प्रकटयसि कुमुच्चैरर्चिषां चक्रवालं Rati.4.16; Mv.6.4; Mu.3.21.; K.126,178. -3 horizon. (-लः) 1 a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness. -2 the ruddy goose. -बालधिः a dog. -भृत् m. 1 one who holds a discus. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -भेदिनी night. -भ्रमः, -भ्रमिः f. a lathe or grindstone; आरोप्य चक्रभ्रमिमुष्णतेजास्त्वष्ट्रेव यत्नोल्लिखितो विभाति R.6. 32; चक्रभ्रमीवद्धृतशरीरः Sāṅ. K.67. -भ्रान्तिः f. revolution of wheels; V.1.5. -मण्डलिन् m. a species of cobra. -मुखः a hog. -मुषलः a battle carried on with the discus and club. -यानम् a wheel-carriage. -रदः a hog. -वर्तिन् m. 1 an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (आसमुद्रक्षितीश Ak.); पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; तव तन्वि कुचावेतौ नियतं चक्रवर्तिनौ । आसमुद्रक्षितीशो$पि भवान् यत्र करप्रदः ॥ Udb. (where there is a pun on the word चक्रवर्तिन्, the other meaning being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round'); -2 (hence) head, foremost; आपद्गतः किल महाशयचक्रवर्ती विस्तारयत्यकृतपूर्वमुदार- भावम् Bv.1.7; कवयस्तर्कयाञ्चक्रुरित्थं ते चक्रवर्तिनः Parṇal.5.38. -3 a kind of horse having one or three curls on the shoulder; स्कन्धपार्श्वे यदावर्त एको वा यदि वा त्रयः । चक्रवर्ती स विज्ञेयो वाजी भूपालमन्दिरे ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वर्मन् m. N. of a king of Kashmir; चक्रवर्माभिधं राज्ये क्षीणपुण्यो व्यपद्यत Rāj. T.5.287. -वाकः 1 (-की f.) the ruddy goose; दूरी- भूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.83. ˚बन्धुः the sun. -2 a kind of horse, having white feet and white eyes; श्वेताभः श्वेतपादश्च तथा स्यात् श्वेतलोचनः । चक्रवाकः स विज्ञेयो राजार्हो वाजि सत्तमः ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वाटः 1 a limit, boundary. -2 a lamp-stand. -3 engaging in an action. -वातः a whirlwind, hurricane; चक्रवातस्वरूपेण जहारासीनमर्भकम् Bhāg.1. 7.2. -वृद्धिः f. 1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms.8.153,156. -2 wages for transporting goods in a carriage. -व्यूहः a circular array of troops. -संज्ञम् tin. (-ज्ञः) the ruddy goose. -साह्वयः the ruddy goose. -हस्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu. |
| |
| catur | चतुर् num. a. [चत्-उरन् Uṇ.5.58] (always in pl.; m. चत्वारः; f. चतस्रः; n. चत्वारि) Four; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः Ve.1.25; चतस्रो$वस्था बाल्यं कौमारं यौवनं वार्धकं चेति; चत्वारि शृङ्गा त्रयो अस्य पादाः &c.; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मील- यित्वा Me.11. -ind. Four times. [cf. Zend chathru; Gr. tessares; L. quatuor.] [In Comp. the र् of चतुर् is changed to a Visarga (which in some cases becomes श्, ष् or स्, or remains unchanged) before words beginning with hard consonants.] -Comp. -अंशः a fourth part. -अङ्ग a. having 4 members, quadripartite. (-ङ्म्) 1 a complete army consisting of elephants, chariots, cavalry and infantry; चतुरङ्गसमायुक्तं मया सह च तं नय Rām.1.2. 1; एको हि खञ्जनवरो नलिनीदलस्थो दृष्टः करोति चतुरङ्गबलाधिपत्यम् Ś. Til.4; चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चाङ्गबलवाना- काशं वशमानये ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 a sort of chess. -अङ्गिकः A kind of horse, having four curls on the forehead; यस्य ललाटे भ्रमरचतुष्टयं स चतुरङ्किको नाम । Śālihotra of Bhoj.25. -अङ्गिन् a. having four parts. (-नी) a complete army, see चतुरङ्ग. -अङ्गुलम् 1 the four fingers of the hand. -2 four fingers broad. -अन्त a. bordered on all sides; भूत्वा चिराय चतुरन्तमहीसपत्नी Ś.4.19. -अन्ता the earth. -अशीत a. eighty-fourth. -अशीति a. or f. eighty four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. (for अश्रि-स्रि) 1 four cornered, quardrangular; R.6.1. A quality of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -2 symmetrical, regular or handsome in all parts; बभूव तस्याश्चतुरस्रशोभि वपुः Ku.1.32. (-श्रः, स्रः) 1 a square. -2 a quardrangular figure. -3 (in astr.) N. of the fourth and eighth lunar mansions. -अहन् a period of four days. -आत्मन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -आननः, -मुखः an epithet of Brahmā; इतरतापशतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb. -आश्रमम् the four orders or stages of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -उत्तर a. increased by four. -उषणम् the four hot spices, i. e. black pepper, long pepper, dry ginger, and the root of long pepper. -कर्ण (चतुष्कर्ण) a. heard by two persons only; Pt.1.99. -ष्काष्ठम् ind. In four directions. चतुष्काष्ठं क्षिपन् वृक्षान् ... Bk.9.62. -कोण (चतुष्कोण) a. square, quadrangular. (-णः) a square, tetragon, any quadrilateral figure. -गतिः 1 the Supreme Soul. -2 a tortoise. -गवः a carriage drawn by four oxen. -गुण a. four times, four-fold, quadruple. -चत्वारिंशत् (चतुश्च- त्वारिंशत्) a. forty-four; ˚रिंश, ˚रिंशत्तम forty-fourth. -चित्यः A pedestal, a raised square; चतुश्चित्यश्च तस्यासी- दष्टादशकरात्मकः Mb.14.88.32. -णवत (चतुर्नवत) a. ninety-fourth, or with ninety-four added; चतुर्णवतं शतम् 'one hundred and ninety four'. -दन्तः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -दश a. fourteenth. -दशन् a. fourteen. ˚रत्नानि (pl.) the fourteen 'jewels' churned out of the ocean; (their names are contained in the following popular Maṅgalāṣṭaka :-- लक्ष्मीः कौस्तुभपारिजातकसुरा धन्वन्तरिश्चन्द्रमा गावः कामदुघाः सुरेश्वरगजो रम्भादिदेवाङ्गनाः । अश्वः सप्तमुखो विषं हरिधनुः शङ्खो$मृतं चाम्बुधे रत्नानीह चतुर्दश प्रतिदिनं कुर्युः सदा मङ्गलम् ॥). ˚विद्या (pl.) the fourteen lores; (they are:-- षडङ्गमिश्रिता वेदा धर्मशास्त्रं पुराणकम् । मीमांसा तर्कमपि च एता विद्याश्चतुर्दश ॥). -दशी the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -दिशम् the four quarters taken collectively. -दिशम् ind. towards the four quarters, on all sides. -दोलः, -लम् a royal litter. -द्वारम् 1 a house with four entrances on four sides. -2 four doors taken collectively. -नवति a. or f. ninety-four. -पञ्च a. (चतुपञ्च or चतुष्पञ्च) four or five. -पञ्चाशत् f. (चतुःपञ्चाशत् or चतुष्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-four. -पथः (चतुःपथः or चतुष्पथः) (-थम् also) a place where four roads meet, a crossway; Ms.4.39,9,264. (-थः) a Brāhmaṇa. -पद or -पद् a. (चतुष्पद) 1 having four feet; यथा चतुष्पत्सु च केसरी वरः Rām.4.11.93. -2 consisting of four limbs. (-दः) a quadruped. (-दी) a stanza of four lines; पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा Chand. M.1. -पाटी A river. L. D. B. -पाठी (चतुष्पाठी) a school for Brāhmaṇas in which the four Vedas are taught and repeated. -पाणिः (चतुष्पाणिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पाद्-द (चतुष्पद्-द) a. 1. quadruped. -2 consisting of four members or parts. (-m.) 1 a quadruped. -2 (in law) a judicial procedure (trial of suits) consisting of four processes; i. e. plea, defence, rejoinder, and judgment. -3 The science of archery consisting of ग्रहण, धारण, प्रयोग and प्रतिकारः; यो$स्त्रं चतुष्पात् पुनरेव चक्रे । द्रोणः प्रसन्नो$भिवाद्यस्त्वया$सौ Mb.5.3.12-13; प्रतिपेदे चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं नृपात्मजः ibid 192.61. -पार्श्वम् the four sides of a square. -बाहुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-हु n.) a square. -भद्रम् the aggregate of the four ends of human life (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -भागः the fourth part, a quarter. -भावः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. 1 quadrangular. -2 having four arms; Bg.11.46. (-जः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; R.16.3. -2 a quadrangular figure. -3 square. (-जम्) a square. -मासम् a period of four months; (reckoned from the 11th day in the bright half of आषाढ to the 11th day in the bright half of कार्तिक). -मुख having four faces. (-खः) an epithet of Brahmā; त्वत्तः सर्वं चतु- र्मुखात् R.1.22. (-खम्) 1. four faces; Ku.2.17. -2 a house with four entrances. -मण्डलम् a four-fold arrangement (of troops &c.) -मेधः One who has offered four sacrifices, namely अश्वमेध, पुरुषमेध, सर्वमेध, and पितृमेध. -युगम् the aggregate of the four Yugas or ages of the world. -युज् a. Consisting of four; चतुर्युजो रथाः सर्वे Mb.5.155.13. -रात्रम् (चतूरात्रम्) an aggregate of four nights. -वक्त्रः an epithet of Brahmā. -वर्गः the four ends of human life taken collectively (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्षः; चतुर्वर्गफलं ज्ञानं कालावस्थाश्चतुर्युगाः R.1.22. -वर्णः 1. the four classes or castes of the Hindus; i. e. ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र; चतुर्वर्णमयो लोकः R.1.22. -2 four principal colours. -वर्षिका a cow four years old. -विंश a. 1 twenty fourth. -2 having twenty-four added; as चतुर्विंशं शतम् (124). -विंशति a. or f. twenty-four. -विंशतिक a. consisting of twenty-four. -विद्य a. one who has studied the four Vedas. -विद्या the four Vedas. -विध a. of four sorts or kinds, four-fold. -वेद a. familiar with the four Vedas. (-दः) the Supreme Soul. -व्यूङः N. of Viṣṇu. (-हम्) medical science. a. having four kinds of appearance; hence ˚वादिन् 'asserting the four forms of पुरुषोत्तम viz. वासुदेव, संकर्षण, प्रद्युम्न and अनिरुद्ध.' -शालम् (चतुःशालम्, चतुश्शालम्, चतुःशाली, चतुश्शाली) a square of four buildings, a quadrangle enclosed by four buildings; अलं चतु शालमिमं प्रवेश्य Mk.3.7; देवीनां चतुःशालमिदम् Pratimā 6. -षष्टि a. or f. 1 sixty-four. -2 N. for the Ṛigveda consisting 64 Adhyāyas. ˚कलाः (pl.) the sixty-four arts. -सनः N. of Viṣṇu having four embodiments of सनक, सनन्दन, सनत्कुमार and सनातन; आदौ सनात् स्वतपसः स चतुःसनो$भूत् Bhāg.2.7.5. -सप्तति a. or f. seventy-four. -समम् an unguent of four things, sandal, agallochum, saffron and musk; L. D. B. -सीमा the boundaries on all four sides. -हायन, -ण a. four years old; (the f. of this word ends in आ if it refers to an inanimate object, and in ई if it refers to an animal). -होत्रकम् the four priests taken collectively. |
| |
| cātakaḥ | चातकः (-की f.) [चत् याचने कर्तरि ण्वुल्] N. of a bird which is supposed to live only on rain-drops; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121; see also 2.51 and R.5.17. -Comp. -आनन्दनः 1 the rainy season. -2 a cloud. |
| |
| chanacchan | छनच्छन् ind. An imitative sound, expressive of the noise of falling drops &c; छनच्छनिति बाष्पकणाः पतन्ति Amaru.86. (छमच्छमिति v. l.) |
| |
| jaṭhara | जठर a. [जायते जन्तुर्गर्भो वास्मिन् जन्-अर ठान्त देशः Tv.] 1 Hard, stiff, firm. -2 Old. -3 Bound, tied. -रः, -रम् 1 The stomach, belly, abdomen; जठरं को न बिभर्ति केवलम् Pt.1.22. -2 The womb. -3 A hole, cavity. -4 The interior af anything. -5 The bosom. -6 Morbid affection of the bowels. -Comp. -अग्निः the digestive fire of the stomach, the gastric fluid; पञ्चाग्नेस्तस्य चान्यौ द्वावधिकं ज्वलतः क्षुधा । जठराग्नी सभार्यस्य दरिद्रस्य प्रजाधनैः Ks.73.58. -आमयः dropsy. -ज्वलनम् 'stomach heat', hunger; जठरज्वलन- ज्वलता ... करिणामरिणा Bv.1.5. -ज्वाला, -व्यथा belly-ache, colic. -यन्त्रणा, -यातना pain endured by the child in the womb. |
| |
| jala | जल a. [जल् अच् डस्य लो वा] 1 Dull, cold, frigid = जड q. v. -2 Stupid, idiotic. -लम् 1 Water; तातस्य कूपो$- यमिति ब्रुवाणाः क्षारं जलं कापुरुषाः पिबन्ति । Pt.1.322. -2 A kind of fragrant medicinal plant or perfume (ह्रीवेर). -3 The embryo or uterus of a cow. -5 The constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -Comp. -अञ्चलम् 1 a spring. -2 a natural water-course. -3 moss. -अञ्जलिः 1 a handful of water. -2 a libation of water presented to the manes of a deceased person; कुपुत्रमासाद्य कुतो जलाञ्जलिः Chāṇ 69; मानस्यापि जलाञ्जलिः सरभसं लोके न दत्तो यथा Amaru. 97 (where, जलाञ्जलिं दा means 'to leave or give up'). -अटनः a heron. -अटनी a leech. -अणुकम्, -अण्डकम् the fry of fish. -अण्टकः a shark. -अत्ययः autumn (शरद्); पृष्ठतो$नुप्रयातानि मेघानिव जलात्यये Rām.2.45.22. -अधिदैवतः, -तम् an epithet of Varuṇa. (-तम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -अधिपः an epithet of Varuṇa. -अम्बिका a well. -अर्कः the image of the sun reflected in water. -अर्णवः 1 the rainy season. -2 the ocean of sweet water. -अर्थिन् a. thirsty. -अवतारः a landing-place at a river-side. -अष्ठीला a large square pond. -असुका a leech. -आकरः a spring, fountain, well. -आकाङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षिन् m. an elephant. -आखुः an otter. -आगमः rain; तपति प्रावृषि सुतरामभ्यर्ण- जलागमो दिवसः Ratn.3.1. -आढ्य a. watery, marshy. -आत्मिका a leech. -आधारः a pond, lake, reservoir of water. -आयुका a leech. -आर्द्र a. wet. (-र्द्रम्) wet garment or clothes. (-र्द्रा) a fan wetted with water. -आलोका a leech. -आवर्तः eddy, whirl-pool. -आशय a. 1 resting or lying in water. -2 stupid, dull, apathetic. (-यः) 1 a pond, lake, reservoir. -2 a fish. -3 the ocean. -4 the fragrant root of a plant (उशीर). -आश्रयः 1 a pond. -2 water-house. -आह्वयम् a lotus. -इन्द्रः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa. -2 N. of Mahādeva. -3 the ocean; जलेन्द्रः पुंसि वरुणे जम्भले च महोदधौ Medinī. -इन्धनः the submarine fire. -इभः a water-elephant. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa; भीमोद्भवां प्रति नले च जलेश्वरे च N. -2 the ocean. -उच्छ्वासः 1 a channel made for carrying off excess of water, drain, (cf. परीवाह). -2 overflow of a river. -उदरम् dropsy. -उद्भव a. aquatic. (-वा) benzoin. -उरगा, -ओकस् m., -ओकसः a leech. -कण्टकः a crocodile. -कपिः the Gangetic porpoise. -कपोतः a water-pigeon. -कर a. making or pouring forth water. (-रः) tax for water. -करङ्कः 1 a shell. -2 a cocoa-nut. -3 a cloud. -4 a wave. -5 a lotus. -कल्कः mud. -कल्मषः the poison produced at the churning of the ocean; तस्यापि दर्शयामास स्ववीर्यं जलकल्मषः Bhāg.8. 7.44. -काकः the diver-bird. -कान्तः the wind. -कान्तारः an epithet of Varuṇa. -किराटः a shark. -कुक्कुटः a water-fowl; जलकुक्कुटकोयष्टिदात्यूहकुलकूजितम् Bhāg.8.2.16. (-टी) the black-headed gull. -कुन्तलः, -कोशः moss. -कूपी 1 a spring, well. -2 a pond. -3 a whirlpool; जलकूपी कूपगर्ते पुष्करिण्यां च योषिति Medinī. -कूर्मः the porpoise. -कृत् a. Causing rain; दिवसकृतः प्रतिसूर्यो जलकृत् (मेघः) Bṛi. S. -केलिः, m. or f., -क्रीडा playing in water, splashing one another with water. -केशः moss. -क्रिया presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -गुल्मः 1 a turtle. -2 a quadrangular tank. -3 a whirlpool. -चर a. (also जलेचर) aquatic. (-रः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -3 any kind of water-fowl. ˚आजीवः, ˚जीवः a fisherman. -चत्वरम् a square tank. -चारिन् m. 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -ज a. born or produced in water. (-जः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish; स्वयमेव हतः पित्रा जलजेनात्मजो यथा Rām.2.61.22. -3 sea-salt. -4 a collective name for several signs of the zodiac. -5 moss. -6 the moon. (-जः, जम्) 1 a shell. -2 the conch-shell; अधरोष्ठे निवेश्य दघ्मौ जलजं कुमारः R.7. 63,1.6; इत्यादिश्य हृषीकेशः प्रध्माय जलजोत्तमम् Bhāg.8.4. 26. -3 (-जः) The Kaustubha gem; जलजः कौस्तुभे मीने तत् क्लीबे शङ्खपद्मयोः । Nm. (जः) -4 A kind of horse born in water; वाजिनो जलजाः केचिद् वह्निजातास्तथापरे । शालिहोत्र of भोज, Appendix II,12. (-जम्) a lotus. ˚आजीवः a fisherman. ˚आसनः an epithet of Brahmā; वाचस्पतिरुवाचेदं प्राञ्जलिर्जलजासनम् Ku.2.3. ˚कुसुमम् the lotus. ˚द्रव्यम् a pearl, shell or any other thing produced from the sea. -जन्तुः 1 a fish, -2 any aquatic animal. -जन्तुका a leech. -जन्मन् a lotus. -जिह्वः a crocodile. -जीविन् m. a fisherman. -डिम्बः a bivalve shell. -तरङ्गः 1 a wave. -2 a metal cup filled with water producing harmonic notes like a musical glass. -ताडनम् (lit.) 'beating water'; (fig.) any useless occupation. -तापिकः, -तापिन्, -तालः The Hilsa fish; L. D. B. -त्रा an umbrella. -त्रासः hydrophobia. -दः 1 a cloud; जायन्ते विरला लोके जलदा इव सज्जनाः Pt.1.29. -2 camphor. ˚अशनः the Śāla tree. -आगमः the rainy season; सरस्तदा मानसं तु ववृधे जलदागमे Rām.7.12.26. ˚आभ a. black, dark. ˚कालः the rainy season. ˚क्षयः autumn. -दर्दुरः a kind of musical instrument. -देवः the constellation पूर्वाषाढा. -देवता a naiad, water-nymph. -द्रोणी a bucket. -द्वारम् A gutter, a drain, Māna.31.99. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 the ocean. -धारा a stream of water. -धिः 1 the ocean. -2 a hundred billions. -3 the number 'four'. ˚गा a river. ˚जः the moon. ˚जा Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. ˚रशना the earth. -नकुलः an otter. -नरः a merman. -नाडी, -ली a water-course. -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. -निर्गमः 1 a drain, water-course. -2 a water-fall, descent of a spring &c. into a river below. -नीलिः moss. -पक्षिन् m. a water-fowl. -पटलम् a cloud. -पतिः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -पथः a sea voyage; R.17.81. -पद्धतिः f. a gutter, drain. -पात्रम् 'a water-pot', drinking-vessel. -पारावतः a water-pigeon. -पित्तम् fire. -पुष्पम् an aquatic flower. -पूरः 1 a flood of water. -2 a full stream of water. -पृष्ठजा moss. -प्रदानम् presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -प्रपातः 1 a water-fall. -2 rainy season; शरत्प्रतीक्षः क्षमतामिमं भवाञ्जलप्रपातं रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47. -प्रलयः destruction by water. -प्रान्तः the bank of a river. -प्रायम् a country abounding with water; जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात् Ak. -प्रियः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a fish. (-या) an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī. -प्लवः an otter. -प्लावनम् a deluge, an inundation. -बन्धः, बन्धकः a dam, dike, rocks or stones impeding a current. -बन्धुः a fish. -बालकः, -वालकः the Vindhya mountain. -बालिका lightning. -बिडालः an otter. -बिम्बः, -म्बम् a bubble. -बिल्वः 1 a (quadrangular) pond, lake. -2 a tortoise. -3 a crab. -भीतिः f. hydrophobia. -भू a. produced in water. -भूः m. 1 a cloud. -2 a place for holding water. -3 a kind of camphor. -भूषणः wind. -भृत् m. 1 a cloud. -2 a jar. -3 camphor. -मक्षिका a water-insect. -मण़्डूकम् a kind of musical instrument; (= जलदर्दुर). -मद्गुः a king-fisher. -मसिः 1 a cloud. -2 camphor. -मार्गः a drain, canal. -मार्जारः an otter. -मुच् m. 1 a cloud; Me.69. -2 a kind of camphor. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूर्तिका hail. -मोदम् a fragrant root (उशीर). -यन्त्रम् 1 a machine for raising water (Mar. रहाट). -2 a waterclock, clepsydra. -3 a fountain. ˚गृहम्, ˚निकेतनम्, ˚मन्दिरम् a house erected in the midst of water (a summerhouse) or one supplied with artificial fountains; क्वचिद् विचित्रं जलयन्त्रमन्दिरम् Ṛs.1.2. -यात्रा a sea-voyage. -यानम् a ship. -रङ्कुः a kind of gallinule. -रण्डः, रुण्डः 1 a whirlpool. -2 a drop of water, drizzle, thin sprinkling. -3 a snake. -रसः sea-salt. -राशिः the ocean. -रुह्, -हम् a lotus. -रूपः a crocodile. -लता a wave, billow. -वरण्टः a watery pustule. -वाद्यम् a kind of musical instrument. -वायसः a diver-bird. -वासः residence in water. (-सम्) = उशीर q. v. -वाहः 1 a cloud; साद्रिजलधिजलवाहपथम् Ki.12.21. -2 a waterbearer. -3 a kind of camphor. -वाहकः, -नः a watercarrier. -वाहनी an aqueduct. -विषुवम् the autumnal equinox. -वृश्चिकः a prawn. -वैकृतम् any change in the waters of rivers indicating a bad omen. -व्यधः A kind of fish; L. D. B. -व्यालः 1 a water-snake. -2 a marine monster. -शयः, -शयनः, -शायिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu; -शय्या lying in water (a kind of religious rite); द्वादशं हि गतं वर्षं जलशय्यां समासतः Rām.7. 76.17. -शर्करा A hailstone; तीव्रैर्मरुद्गणैर्नुन्ना ववृषुर्जलशर्कराः Bhāg.1.25.9. -शुक्तिः f. a bivalve shell. -शुचि a. bathed, washed. -शूकम् moss. -शूकरः a crocodile. -शोषः drought. -समुद्रः the ocean of fresh water. -संपर्कः mixture or dilution with water. -सर्पिणी a leech. -सूचिः f. 1 the Gangetic porpoise. -2 a kind of fish. -3 a crow. -4 a water-nut. -5 a leech. -स्थानम्, -स्थायः a pond, lake, reservoir; कदचित्तं जलस्थायं मत्स्य- बन्धाः समन्ततः Rām.12.137.5. -स्रावः A kind of eyedisease. -हम् a small water-house (rather summerhouse) furnished with artificial fountains. -हस्तिन् m. a water-elephant. -हारिणी a drain. -हासः 1 foam. -2 cuttle-fish-bone considered as the foam of the sea. |
| |
| jhañjhā | झञ्झा 1 The noise of the wind or of falling rain. -2 Wind and rain, hurricane, gale. -3 A clanking sound, jingling. -4 Raining in large drops. -5 Anything lost. -Comp. -अनिलः, -मरुत्, -वातः wind with rain, a storm, squall, stormy gale; झञ्झावातः सवृष्टिकः Ak.; हिमाम्बुझञ्झानिलविह्वलस्य (पद्मस्य) Bv.2.169; Amaru.48; Māl.9.17. |
| |
| jhalañjhalā | झलञ्झला The noise of falling drops or of the flapping of an elephant's ears. |
| |
| daṇḍaḥ | दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama. |
| |
| dalaḥ | दलः लम् [दल्-अच्] 1 (a) A piece, portion, part, fragment; वापीष्वन्तर्लीनमहानीलदलासु Śi.4.44. (b) A piece torn or split off. (c) Tearing, cutting. -2 A degree. -3 A half, the half. -4 A sheath, scabbard. -5 A small shoot or blade, a petal, leaf; ताम्बूलीनां दलैस्तत्र रचितापानभूमयः R.4.42; Ś.3.2,21. -6 The blade of any weapon. -7 A clump, heap, quantity. -8 A detachment, a body of troops. -9 Alloy or adulteration. -Comp. -आढकः 1 foam. -2 a cuttle-fish bone. -3 a ditch, moat. -4 a hurricane, high wind. -5 red chalk. -6 wild sesamum. -7 the Kunda creeper. -8 a Sūdra. -9 the headman of a village. -1 an elephant's ear. -आढ्यम् mud on the banks of a river. -उदर a. having a tapering (leaf-like) belly; पूररेचकसंविग्नवलि- वल्गुदलोदरम् Bhāg.4.24.51. -कपाटः a folded leaf. -कोमलम् a lotus. -कोषः the Kunda creeper. -निर्मोकः the Bhūrja tree. -पुष्पा the Ketaka plant. -सूचिः, -ची f. a thorn. -स्नसा the fibre or vein of a leaf. |
| |
| navan | नवन् num. a. (always pl.). Nine; नवतिं नवाधिकाम् R.3.69; see comp. below. (At the begining of comp. नवन् drops its final न्). -Comp. -अङ्गः a kind of Āyurvedic mixture; विश्वामृताब्दभूनिम्बैः पञ्चमूलीसमन्वितैः । कृतः कषायो हन्त्याशु वातपित्तोद्भवं ज्वरम् Vaidyakam. -अशीतिः f. eighty-nine. -अर्चिस् m., -दीधितिः the planet Mars. -कपालः (नवकपालेषु संस्कृतः) a cake-offering prepared and presented on nine poteherds; Ait. Br.1.15; -कृत्वस् ind. nine times. -ग्रहाः m. (pl.) the nine planets. (the sun, the moon, 5 planets, राहु and केतु; see under ग्रह. -ग्व nine-fold, consisting of nine. -चण्डिका f. the nine चण्डिकाs (शैलपुत्री, ब्रह्मचारिणी, चन्द्रघण्टा, कूष्माण्डा, स्कन्द- माता, कात्यायनी, महागौरी, कालरात्रि, सिद्धिदा); Chaṇḍī Pāṭha. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-ninth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-nine. -छिद्रम्, -द्वारम् the body (having nine apertures; see ख). नवद्वारे पुरे देही नैव कुर्वन् न कारयन् Bg.5.13. -त्रिंश a. thirty-ninth. -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-nine. -दश a. nineteenth. -दशन् (pl.) nineteen. -दुर्गा Durgā in her nine forms. i. e. (कुमारिका, त्रिमूर्ति, कल्याणी, रोहिणी, काली, चण्डिका, शांभवी, दुर्गा, भद्रा). -धातु m. Nine metals; हेमतारारनागाश्च ताम्ररङ्गे च तीक्ष्णकम् । कांस्यकं कान्तलोहं च धातवो नव कीर्तिताः ॥, -नवतिः f. ninety-nine. -निधि m. (pl.) the nine treasures of Kubera. i. e. महापद्मश्च पद्मश्च शङ्खो मकरकच्छपौ । मुकुन्दकुन्द- नीलाश्च खर्वश्च निधयो नव ॥ -पञ्चमम् an inauspicious combination of ग्रहs a particular type of राशिकूट; पाणिग्रहो यदि भवेन्नवपञ्चमर्क्षे सन्तानहानिमतुलां मुनयो वदन्ति Jyotistattvam. -पञ्चाश a. fifty-ninth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-nine. -रत्नम् 1 the nine precious jewels; i. e. मुक्तामाणिक्यवैढूर्यगोमेदा वज्र- विद्रुमौ । पद्मरागो मरकतं नीलश्चेति यथाक्रमम् ॥ -2 'the nine gems' or poets at the court of king Vikramāditya:-- धन्वन्तरि- क्षपणकामरसिंहशङ्कुवेतालभट्टघटकर्परकालिदासाः । ख्यातो वराह- मिहिरो नृपतेः सभायां रत्नानि वै वररुचिर्नव विक्रमस्य ॥ -रसाः m. (pl.) the nine sentiments in poetry; see under अष्टरस and रस also. -रात्रम् 1 a period of nine days. -2 the first nine days of the month of Āśvina held sacred to Durgā. -विंश a. twenty-ninth. -विंशतिः f. twenty-nine. -विध a. nine-fold, of nine kinds or sorts. ˚अन्नानि n. (pl.) = सूप, शाक, मिष्टान्न, जेमन (ओदनादि), उपदंश (मूलकादि), वितर्दंश (pickles etc.), सन्धान (मद्यादि), रोचन (pickled raw fruit, Mar. कोशिंबीर), व्यञ्जन (flower boiled in buttermilk etc.). -व्यूहः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -शतम् 1 one hundred and nine. -2 nine hundred. -शक्तिः m. N. of Viṣṇu or Śiva. -शक्तयः f. (pl.) nine शक्तिs i. e. प्रभा, माया, जया, सूक्ष्मा, त्रिशुद्धा, नन्दिनी, सुप्रभा, विजया, सिद्धिदा. -शायकः N. given to nine inferior tribes; they are:-- गोपो माली तथा तैली तन्त्री मोदकवारुजी । कुलालः कर्मकारश्च नापितो नवशायकाः ॥ Parāśara. -षष्टिः f. sixty-nine. -सप्ततिः seventy-nine. -सरः, -रम् a kind of ornament consisting of nine pearls. |
| |
| nir | निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring. |
| |
| niṣic | निषिच् 6 P. 1 To pour upon or down, sprinkle, pour in; सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26; Ś.4.14; Ku.2.57. -2 To impregnate; निषिञ्चन् माधवीमेतां लतां कौन्दीं च नर्तयन् V.2.4. (where the word also means 'to fill with honey-drops'). -3 To wet, irrigate. |
| |
| pañcan | पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old. |
| |
| puṭaḥ | पुटः टम् [पुट्-क] 1 A fold. -2 A hollow space, cavity, concavity; भिन्नपल्लवपुटो वनानिलः R.9.68;11.23; 17.12; M.3.9; अञ्जलिपुट, नासापुट, कर्णपुट &c. -3 A cup made of a leaf folded or doubled; a vessel of leaves; दुग्ध्वा पयः पत्रपुटे मदीयम् R.2.65; Ms.6.28. -6 Any shallow receptacle. -5 The pod or capsule which envelops young shoots. -6 A sheath, cover, covering -7 An eye-lid (पुटी also in all these senses). -8 A horse's hoof. -9 A cloth worn to cover the privities. -टः 1 A casket. -2 The contracting of anything. -3 A folding of anything so as to form a cup. -टम् 1 A nutmeg. -2 Two vessels joined together for medical purposes. -Comp. -अञ्जलिः the two hollowed hands put together; श्रीकृष्णपुरतः स्थित्वा तुष्टाव तं पुटाञ्जलिः Brav. P.3.9,23. -उटजम् a white umbrella. -उदकः a cocoa-nut. -ग्रीवः 1 a pot, jar, pitcher. -2 a copper-vessel. -धेनुः a not yet full-grown cow with a calf. -पाकः 1 a particular method of preparing drugs, in which the various ingredients are wrapped up in leaves, and being covered with clay are roasted in the fire; अनिर्भिन्नो गभीरत्वादन्त- र्गूढघनव्यथः । पुटपाकप्रतीकाशो रामस्य करुणो रसः U.3.1. -2 digesting. -3 subliming. -भेदः 1 a town, city. -2 a kind of musical instrument (आतोद्य). -3 'parting of the eyelids', opening; पुटभेदो ललाटस्थनीललोहितचक्षुषः U.6.3. -4 a whirl-pool or eddy. -भेदनम् a town, city; स हस्तिनपुरे रम्ये कुरूणां पुटभेदने (वसन्) Mb.1.1.12; पुट- भेदनं दनुसुतारिरैक्षत Śi.13.26. |
| |
| pratyādhmānam | प्रत्याध्मानम् A particular nervous disease, wind dropsy. |
| |
| phalam | फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results. |
| |
| bakulaḥ | बकुलः 1 A kind of tree, Mimusops Elengi, (said according to the convention of poets to put forth blossoms when sprinkled by young women with monthfuls of wine); काङ्क्षत्यन्यो (केसरः or बकुलः) वदनमदिरां दोहदच्छद्यना$स्याः Me.8; बकुलः सीधुगण्डूषसेकात् (विकसति); तव निश्वसितानुकारिभिर्बकुलैरर्धचितां समं मया R.8.64; (for similar conventions about other trees see the quotation under अशोक). -2 a kind of drug. -लम् The fragrant flower of this tree; कृती मालाकरो बकुलमपि कुत्रापि निदधे Bv.1.54. -ली A kind of drug. |
| |
| balam | बलम् [बल्-अच्] 1 Strength, power, might, vigour; क्षत्त्रियाणां बलं युद्धम् Brav. P. -2 Force, violence; as in बलात् q. v. -3 An army, host, forces, troops; भवेदभीष्म- मद्रोणं धृतराष्ट्रबलं कथम् Ve.3.24,43; बलं भीष्मा(भीमा)भिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1; R.16.37. -4 Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body). -5 Body, figure, shape. -6 Semen virile. -7 Blood, -8 Gum myrrh. -9 A shoot, sprout. -1 Force or power of articulation; वर्णः स्वरः । मात्रा बलम् । साम संतानः । इत्युक्तः शीक्षाध्यायः T. Up.1.2.1. -11 The deity of power (such as Indra); नमो बलप्रमथनाय Mb.12.284. 94. -12 The hand; क्रान्ते विष्णुर्बले शक्रः कोष्ठे$ग्निर्भोक्तुमिच्छति Mb.12.239.8. -13 Effort (यत्न); विधिः शुक्रं बलं चेति त्रय एते गुणाः परे Mb.12.32.11 (com. बलं वासनाविषयप्राप्त्यनु- कूलो यत्नः). (बलेन means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; बाहुबलेन जितः, वीर्यबलेन &c.; बलात् 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; बलान्निद्रा समायाता Pt.1; हृदयमदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7.). -लः 1 A crow; Rām.6.54.9. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -Comp. -अग्रम् excessive strength or force. (-ग्रः) the head of an army. -अङ्गकः the spring; 'वसन्त इष्यः सुरभिः पुष्पकालो बलाङ्गकः' H. Ch.156. -अञ्चिता the lute of Balarāma. -अटः a kind of beam. -अधिक a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force. -अधिकरणम् the affairs of an army; -अध्यक्षः 1 a general or commander of an army; सेनापतिबलाध्यक्षौ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् Ms.7.189. -2 a war-minister. -3 An officer in charge of infantry. -अनुजः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -अन्वित a. 1 endowed with strength, mighty, powerful. -2 leading an army. -अबलम् 1 comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; परात्मनोः परिच्छिद्य शक्त्या- दीनां बलाबलम् R.17.59. -2 relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimportance; समय एव करोति बलाबलम् Śi.6.44. ˚अधिकरणम् a kind of न्यायभेद according to Jaimini. -अभ्रः an army in the form of a cloud. -अरातिः an epithet of Indra. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of power; राज्ञो बलार्थिनः षष्ठे (वर्षे उपनयनं कार्यम्) Ms.2.37. -अवलेपः pride of strength. -अशः, -असः 1 consumption. -2 the phlegmatic humour (कफ). -3 a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food). -आढ्यः a bean. -आत्मिका a kind of sun-flower (हस्तिशुण्डी). -आलयः a military camp; पूज्यमानो हरिगणैराजगाम बलालयम् Rām.6.112.8. -आहः water. -उत्कट a. of mighty strength; न वध्यते ह्यविश्वस्तो दुर्बलो$पि बलोत्कटैः Pt.2.44;3.115. -उपपन्न, -उपेत a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful; एतां रामबलोपेतां रक्षां यः सुकृती पठेत् Rāmarakṣā.1. -उपादानम् Recruitment of the army; Kau. A. -ओघः a multitude of troops, numerous army; लक्ष्मीं दधत् प्रति- गिरेरलघुर्बलौघः Śi.5.2. -कर, -कृत् a. strengthening. -कृत done by force or against free consent; सर्वान् बलकृता- नर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168. -क्षोभः disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt. -चक्रम् 1 dominion, sovereignty. -2 an army, a host. -ज a. produced by power. (-जम्) 1 a city-gate, gate. -2 a field. -3 grain, a heap of grain; त्वं समीरण इव प्रतीक्षितः कर्षकेण बलजान् पुपूषता Śi.14.7. -4 war, battle -5 marrow, pith. -6 a pretty figure. (-जा) 1 the earth. -2 a handsome woman. -3 a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -4 a rope. -तापनः an epithet of Indra; अफिषिषेच मरन्दरसामृतैर्नवलताबलता- पनरत्नभम् (अलिनम्) Rām. Ch.4.12. -दः an ox, a bullock -दर्पः pride of strength. -देवः 1 air, wind. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -बलदेवा (वी) f. N. of a medicinal herb which is also called त्रायमाण. It grows in the forests on the slopes of the Himālayas and in Persia. -द्विष् m., -निषूदनः epithets of Indra; बलनिषूदनमर्थपतिं च तम् R.9.3. -निग्रह a. weakening, enervating. -पतिः 1 a general, commander. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पुच्छकः a crow; Nigh. Ratn. -पृष्ठकः a kind of deer (Mar. रोहें). -प्रद a. giving strength, invigorating. -प्रमथनी N. of a form of Durgā. -प्रसूः N. of Rohinī, mother of Balarāma. -भद्र a. strong, powerful. (-द्रः) 1 a strong or powerful man. -2 a kind of ox. -3 N. of Balarāma, q. v. below. -4 the tree called लोध्र. -5 N. of Ananta. (-द्रा) a maiden. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; Ś.2. -भृत् a. strong, powerful. -मुख्यः the chief of an army. -रामः 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇī to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kaṁsa. He and his brother Kṛiṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his forgivenss. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛiṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍavas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under हल]. -वर्जित a. infirm, weak. -वर्णिन् a. strong and looking well. -वर्धन a. invigorating, strengthening. -m. N. of स्थण्डिलाग्नि in उत्सर्जन or उपाकर्म. -विन्यासः array or arrangement of troops. -व्यसनम् the defeat of an army. -व्यापद् f. decrease of strength. -शालिन् a. strong; बलशालितया यथा तथा वा धियमुच्छेदपरामयं दधानः Ki.13.12. -समुत्थानम् Recruiting a strong army; Kau. A.1.16; तमभियोक्तुं बलसमुत्थानमकरोत् Dk.2.8. -सूदनः an epithet of Indra. -सेना a strong army, an army, host. -स्थ a. strong, powerful. (-स्थः) a warrior, soldier. -स्थितिः f. 1 a camp; an encampment. -2 a royal camp. -हन्, -हन्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Indra; पाण्डुः स्मरति ते नित्यं बलहन्तुः समीपगः Mb.15.2.17. -2 of Balarāma. -3 phlegm. -हीन a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble. |
| |
| binduḥ | बिन्दुः [बिन्द्-उ] A drop, small particle; जलबिन्दु- निपातेन क्रमशः पूर्यते घटः 'small drops make a pool'; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि Ms.7.33; संक्षिप्यते यशो लोके घृतबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि 7.34; अधुना (कुतूहलस्य) बिन्दुरपि नाव- शेषितः Ś.2. -2 A dot, point. -3 A spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र भूर्जत्वचः कुञ्जरबिन्दुशोणाः Ku.1.7. -4 A zero or cypher; न रोमकूपौघमिषाज्जगत्कृता कृताश्च किं दूषणशून्यबिन्दवः N.1.21. -5 (In geom.) A point having no parts or no magnitude. -6 A drop of water taken as a measure. -7 The dot over a letter representing the अनुस्वार. -8 (In manuscripts) A mark over an erased word (which shows that the word ought not to be erased); 'stet'. -9 A mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress. -1 A peculiar mark like a dot made in cauterizing. -11 The part of the forehead between the eyebrows. -12 (In dramas) the sudden development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water quickly diffuses itself and thus supplies important elements in the development of the plot; it is the source of an intermediate object, while 'Bīja' is that of the principal one); अवान्तरार्थविच्छेदे बिन्दुरुच्छेदकारणम् S. D.319. -13 (In phil.) A condition of चिच्छक्ति; सच्चिदानन्दविभवात् सकलात् परमेश्वरा । आसीच्छक्तिस्ततो नादो नादाद् बिन्दुसमुद्भवः ॥ -Comp. -चित्रकः the spotted antelope. -च्युतकः a kind of word-play; चकास्ति बिन्दु- च्युतकातिचातुरी N.9.14. -जालम्, -जालकम् 1 a number of drops. -2 marks of coloured paint on the trunk and face of an elephant. -तन्त्रः 1 a die. -2 a chessboard. -देवः an epithet of Śiva. -पत्रः a kind of birch tree. -प्रतिष्ठामय a. founded or based upon the अनुस्वार. -फलम् a pearl. -भेदः a particular Yoga posture. -माधवः a form of Viṣṇu. -मालिन् m. (in music) a kind of measure. -रेखकः 1 an anusvāra. -2 a kind of bird. -रेखा a line of dots. -वासरः the day of conception. |
| |
| bindūya | बिन्दूय Den. Ā. To form drops, drip down. |
| |
| bhayam | भयम् [विमेत्यस्मात्, भी-अपादाने अच्] 1 Fear, alarm, dread, apprehension, (oft. with abl.); भोगे रोगमयं कुले च्युतिभयं वित्ते नृपालाद्भयम् Bh.3.35; यदि समरमपास्य नास्ति मृत्योर्भयम् Ve.3.4. -2 Fright, terror; जगद्भयम् &c. -3 A danger, risk, hazard; तावद्भयस्य भेतव्यं यावद्भयमनागतम् । आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद्यथोचितम् H.1.54. -4 The sentiment of fear; see भयानक below; रौद्रशक्त्या तु जनितं चित्तवैकल्यजं भयम् S. D.6. -5 The blossom of Trapa Bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा) -यः Sickness, disease. -Comp. अन्वित, -आक्रान्त a. overcome with fear. -अपह a. warding off or removing fear. (-हः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a king. -आतुर, -आर्त a. afraid, alarmed, frightened. -आवह a. 1 causing fear, formidable. -2 risky; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -उत्तर a. attended with or succeeded by fear. -एकप्रवण a. wholly overpowered by fear. -कम्पः tremour of fear. -कर (also भयंकर) a. 1 frightening, terrible, fearful. -2 dangerous, perilous; so भयकारक, -भयकृत्. -कृत् m. N. of Viṣṇu; भयकृद् भयनाशन V. Sah. -डिण्डिमः a drum used in battle. -त्रातृ a. a deliverer from fear. -दर्शिन् a. 1 fearful. -2 intimidating. -द्रुत a. fleeing from fear, routed, put to flight. -नाशन removing fear. (-नः) N. of Viṣṇu; भयकृद् भयनाशनः V. Sah. -प्रतीकारः warding off or removal of fears. -प्रद a. inspiring fear, fearful, terrible. -प्रस्तावः an occasion of fear. -ब्राह्मणः a timid Brāhmaṇa, a Brāhmaṇa who, to save himself from danger, declares his caste relying on the inviolability of a Brāhmaṇa. -भ्रष्ट a. put to flight. -विप्लुत a. panic-struck. -व्यूहः a particular array of troops when they are threatened with danger; सर्वतः सर्वतोभद्रं भयव्यूहं प्रकल्पयेत् Kām. -शील a. timid. -स्थानम्, -हेतुः a cause of fear; हर्षस्थानसहस्राणि भयस्थानशतानि च Mb.18.5.61. -हर्तृ, हारिन् a. removing fear, dispelling alarm. |
| |
| bhṛguḥ | भृगुः 1 N. of a sage, regarded as the ancestor of the family of the Bhṛigus, and described in Ms.1.35 as one of the ten patriarchs created by the first Manu; (said to be so called because he was produced along with flames; सह ज्वालाभिरुत्पन्ने भृगुस्तस्माद् भृगुः स्मृतः ।). [On one occasion when the sages could not agree as to which of the three gods, Brahman, Viṣṇu and Śiva, was best entitled to the worship of Brāhmaṇas, the sage Bhṛigu was sent to test the character of the three gods. He first went to the abode of Brahman, and, on approaching him, purposely omitted an obeisance. Upon this the god reprehended him severely, but was pacified by apologies. Next he entered the abode of Śiva in Kailāsa, and omitted, as before, all tokens of adoration. The vindictive deity was enraged and would have destroyed him, had he not conciliated him by mild words. (According to another account, Bhṛigu was coldly received by Brahman, and he, therefore, cursed him that he would receive no worship or adoration; and condemned Śiva to take the form of a Liṅga, as he got no access to the deity who was engaged in private with his wife). Lastly he went to Viṣṇu, and finding him asleep, he boldly gave the god a kick on his breast which at once awoke him. Instead of showing anger, however, the God arose, and on seeing Bhṛigu, inquired tenderly whether his foot was hurt, and then began to rub it gently. 'This', said Bhṛigu, 'is the mightiest god. He overtops all by the most potent of all weapons--kindness and generosity'. Viṣṇu was therefore, declared to be the god who was best entitled to the worship of all.] -2 N. of the sage Jamadagni. -3 An epithet of Śukra. -4 The planet Venus. -5 A cliff, precipice; कृत्वा पुंवत्पातमुच्चैर्मृगुभ्यः Śi.4.23; भृगुपतनकारणमपृच्छम् Dk. -6 Table-land, the level summit of a mountain. -7 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 Friday. -Comp. -उद्वहः an epithet of Paraśurāma. -कच्छः, -च्छम् N. of a place on the north bank of the Narmadā (modern Broach). -जः, -तनयः 1 an epithet of Śukra. -2 the planet Venus. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma; वीरो न यस्य भगवान् भृगुनन्दनो$पि U.5.34. -2 of Śukra. -3 of Śaunaka; एवं निशम्य भृगुनन्दनसाधुवादम् Bhāg.1.1. 14. -पतनम् a fall from a precipice. -पतिः an epithet of Paraśurāma; भृगुपतियशोवर्त्म यत् क्रौञ्चरन्ध्रम् Me.59; so भृगूणांपतिः. -पातः Throwing oneself down from a cliff or a precipice; thus committing suicide; तत्र तत्यजुरा मानं भृगुपातेन केचन Śiva B.2.39. -वंशः N. of a family descended from Paraśurāma;. -वारः, -वासरः Friday. -शार्दूलः, -श्रेष्ठः, -सत्तमः epithets of Paraśurāma;. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma;. -2 of Venus or Śukra; भृगुसूनुधरापुत्रौ शशिजेन समन्वितौ Mb.9.11.17. |
| |
| bhos | भोस् ind. A vocative particle used in addressing persons, and translateable by 'o', 'sir', 'oh', 'halloo', 'ah'; (it drops its final visarga before vowels and soft consonants); कः को$त्र भोः Ś.2; अयि भो महर्षिपुत्र Ś.7; it is sometimes repeated; भो भोः शंकरगृहाधि- वासिनो जानपदाः Māl.3; भो भोः पण्डिताः श्रूयताम् H. भोस् is said to have, in addition, the senses of 'sorrow' and 'interrogation'. -Comp. -कारः rules of address. |
| |
| bhramiḥ | भ्रमिः f. [भ्रम्-इ] 1 Whirling or turning round, circular movement; moving about or round, revolution; भ्रमिषु कृतपुटान्तर्मण्डलावृत्तिचक्षुः U.3.19;6.3; Mal.5.23. -2 A potter's wheel. -3 A turner's lathe. -4 A whirlpool. -5 A whirlwind. -6 A circular arrangement of troops. -7 An error, a mistake. -8 Swoon, fainting (मूर्च्छा); A. Rām.6.11.73. -a. Turning round, revolving; क्षौरपव्यं स्वयंभ्रमिम् Bhāg. |
| |
| makaraḥ | मकरः [मं विषं किरति कॄ-अच् Tv.] 1 A kind of seaanimal, a crocodile, shark; झषाणां मकरश्चास्मि Bg.1.31; मकरवक्त्र Bh.2.4. (Makara is regarded as an emblem of Cupid; cf. comps. below). -2 The sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -3 An array of troops in the form of a Makara; दण्डव्यूहेन तन्मार्गं यायात्तु शकटेन वा । वराहमकराभ्यां वा ... Ms.7.187; Śukra.4.11. -4 An ear-ring in the shape of a Makara. -5 The hands folded in the form of a Makara. -6 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -7 The tenth arc of thirty degrees in any circle. -Comp. -अङ्कः an epithet of 1 the god of love. -2 the ocean. -अश्वः an epithet of Varuṇa. -आकरः, -आवासः the ocean; प्रविश्य मकरावासं यादोगणनिषेवितम् Mb.7.11.19. -आलयः 1 the ocean. -2 a symbolical expression for the number 'four'. -आसनम् a kind of Āsana in yoga; मकरासनमावक्ष्ये वायूनां स्तम्भकारणात् । पृष्ठे पादद्वयं बद्ध्वा हस्ताभ्यां पृष्ठबन्धनम् ॥ Rudrayāmala. -कुण्डलम् an ear-ring in the shape of a Makara; हेमाङ्गदलसद्- बाहुः स्फुरन्मकरकुण्डलः (रराज) Bhāg.8.15.9. -केतनः, -केतुः, -केतुमत् m. epithets of the god of love. -ध्वजः 1 an epithet of the god of love; संप्राप्तं मकरध्वजेन मथनं त्वत्तो मदर्थे पुरा Ratn.1.3; तत्प्रेमवारि मकरध्वजतापहारि Ch. P. 41. -2 a particular array of troops. -3 the sea. -4 a particular medical preparation. -राशिः f. the sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -वाहनः N. of Varuṇa. -संक्रमणम् the passage of the sun into the sign Capricornus. -सप्तमी the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha. |
| |
| maghaḥ | मघः 1 N. of one of the Dvīpas or divisions of the universe. -2 N. of a country. -3 A kind of drug or medicine. -4 Pleasure. -5 N. of the tenth lunar mansion; see मघा. -6 See मघम्. -घम् 1 A kind of flower. -2 a gift, present. -3 Wealth, riches (Ved.). -Comp. -गन्धः Mimusops Elengi. (बकुल). |
| |
| maṇḍala | मण्डल a. [मण्ड्-कलच्] Round, circular; मण्डलाग्रा बृसीश्चैव गृहान्याः पृष्ठतो ययुः Rām.5.18.12. -लः 1 circular array of troops. -2 A dog. -3 A kind of snake. -लम् 1 A circular orb, globe, wheel, ring, circumference, anything round or circular; न्यग्रोधं च सुमण्डलम् Mb.12.169. 12; करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98; आदर्शमण्डलनिभानि समुल्लसन्ति Ki. 5.41; स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; so रेणुमण्डल, छाया- मण्डल, चापमण्डल, मुखमण्डल, स्तनमण्डल &c. -2 The charmed circle (drawn by a conjurer); मण्डले पन्नगो रुद्धो मन्त्रैरिव महाविषः Rām.2.12.5; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिं यथास्थितं मण्डलमभि- लिखन्ति Mu.2.1. -3 A disc, especially of the sun or moon; तेनातपत्रामलमण्डलेन R.16.27; अपर्वणि ग्रहकलुषेन्दुमण्डला (विभावरी) M.4.15; दिनमणिमण्डलमण्डन भवखण्डन ए Gīt.1. -4 The halo round the sun or moon. -5 The path or orbit of a heavenly body. -6 A multitude, group, collection, assemblage, troop, company; एवं मिलितेन कुमारमण्डलेन Dk.; अखिलं चारिमण्डलम् R.4.4. -7 Society, association. -8 A great circle. -9 The visible horizon. -1 A district or province. -11 A surrounding district or territory. -12 (In politics) The circle of a king's near and distant neighbours; मण्डलचरितम् Kau. A. 1.1.1; सततसुकृती भूयाद् भूपः प्रसादितमण्डलः Ve.6.44; उपगतो$पि च मण्डलनाभिताम् &c. R.9.15. (According to Kāmandaka quoted by Malli. the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours consists of twelve kings:-- विजिगीषु or the central monarch, the five kings whose dominions are in the front, and the four kings whose dominions are in the rear of his kingdom, the मध्यम or intermediate, and उदासीन or indifferent king. The kings in the front as well as in the rear are designated by particular names; see Malli. ad loc; cf. also Śi. 2.81. and Malli. thereon. According to some the number of such kings is four, six, eight, twelve or even more; see Mit. on Y.1.345. According to others, the circle consists of three kings only:-- the प्राकृतारि or natural enemy, (the sovereign of an adjacent country), the प्राकृतमित्र natural ally, (the sovereign whose dominions are separated by those of another from the country of the central monarch with whom he is allied), and प्राकृतोदासीन or the natural neutral, (the sovereign whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally). -13 A particular position of the feet in shooting. -14 A kind of mystical diagram used in invoking a divinity. -15 A division of the Ṛigveda (the whole collection being divided into 1 Maṇḍalas or eight Aṣṭakas). -16 A kind of leprosy with round spots. -17 A kind of perfume. -18 A circular bandage (in surgery). -19 A sugar-ball, sweetmeat. -2 Sexual dalliance; नानाविचित्र- कृतमण्डलमावहन्तीम् Bil. Ch. (उत्तरपीठिका) 38. -21 A circular gait; हय इव मण्डलमाशु यः करोति Rām.6.33.35; Mb.3. 19.8. -22 A play-board (द्यूते शारीस्थापनपट्टम्); Mb.8.74. 15. -ली 1 A circle, orb &c. -2 A group, assemblage; तन्मोचनाय तेनाशु प्रेरिता शिष्यमण्डली Bm.1.648. -3 Walking round, circular motion. -4 Bent grass (दूर्वा). -Comp. -अग्र a. round-pointed. (-ग्रः) a bent or crooked sword, scimitar. (-ग्रम्) a surgeon's circular knife. -अधिपः, -अधीशः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the ruler or governor of a district or province. -2 a king, sovereign. -आवृत्तिः f. circular movement; भ्रमिषु कृतपुटान्तर्मण्डला- वृत्तिचक्षुः U.3.19. -आसन a. sitting in a circle. -उत्तमम् a principal kingdom or district. -कविः a bad poet. -कार्मुक a. having a circular bow. -नाभिः the centre of a circle. -नृत्यम् a circular dance, dance in a ring. -न्यासः describing a circle. -पुच्छकः a kind of insect. -बन्धः the formation of a circle or roundness. -भागः an arc. -माडः a pavilion. -वटः the fig-tree forming a circle. -वर्तनम् drawing figures with some powder (Mar. रांगोळी घालणें); संमार्जनोपलेपाभ्यां गृहमण्डलवर्तनैः Bhāg. 7.11.26. -वर्तिन् m. a ruler of a small province; स तुल्यातिशयध्वंसं यथा मण्डलवर्तिनाम् Bhāg.11.3.2. -वर्षः rain over the whole of a king's territory, general rain-fall. -वाटः a garden. |
| |
| maṇḍalakam | मण्डलकम् 1 A circle. -2 A disc. -3 A district, province. -4 A group, collection. -5 A circular array of troops. -6 White leprosy with round spots. -7 A mirror. -8 A kind of pose of an archer. -9 A circle with lines drawn for magical incantations. -कः A dog. |
| |
| mahā | महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw |
| |
| muṇḍa | मुण्ड a. [मुण्ड्-घञ्] 1 Shaved, bald; रावणश्च मया दृष्टो मुण्डस्तैलसमुक्षितः Rām.5.27.19; चरन् भैक्ष्यं मुनिर्मुण्डः Mb.12. 9.12. -2 Lopped, stripped of top leaves. -3 Blunt, pointless. -4 Ved. Hornless. -5 Low, mean. -ण्डः 1 A man with a shaved or bald head; स्वप्ने$वगाहते$त्यर्थं जलं मुण्डांश्च पश्यति Y.1.272. -2 A bald or shaven head. -3 The forehead. -4 A barber. -5 The trunk of a tree stripped of its top-branches; मुण्डतालवनानीव चकार स रथव्रजान् Mb.6.16.14. -6 An epithet of Rāhu. -7 N. of one of the twelve principal Upaniṣads; मुण्डमाण्डूक्य- तित्तिरिः. -m. pl. N. of a people. -ण्डा 1 N. of a plant (मुण्डीरिका). -2 Bengal madder. -3 A female mendicant of a particular order. -ण्डम् 1 The head; अङ्गं गलितं पलितं मुण्डम् Śaṅkarāchārya. -2 Myrrh. -3 Iron. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -आसनम् a particular posture in sitting. -चणकः a kind of pulse (कलाय). -जम् steel. -फलः a cocoa-nut tree. -मण्डली 1 a number of shaven heads. -2 a number of troops of an inferior kind, a mere crowd or mob; वरमल्पबलं सारं न कुर्यान्मुण्डमण्डलीम् H.3.82. -लोहम् iron. -शालिः a kind of rice. |
| |
| mūlam | मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood; सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27. |
| |
| yūtham | यूथम् [यु-थक् पृषो˚ दीर्घ] 1 A herd, flock, multitude, a large number or troop (as of beasts); स्त्रीरत्नेषु ममो- र्वशी प्रियतमा यूथे तवेयं वशा V.4.25; Ś.5.5. -Comp. -चारिन् a. going about in troops (as monkeys). -नाथः, -पः, -पतिः 1 the leader of a troop or band. -2 the head of a flock or herd (usually of elephants), a lordly elephant; मृगेन्द्रविक्रीडितयूथपा इव Bhāg.4.1.2; गजयूथप यूथिकाशबलकेशी V.4.46. -परिभ्रष्ट a. fallen out from a herd. -बन्धः a flock, herd, troop. -मुख्यः the chief of a troop or herd (as of elephants &c.). |
| |
| yūthaśaḥ | यूथशः ind. In troops; gregariously. |
| |
| racanam | रचनम् ना [रच्-युच्] 1 Arrangement, preparation, disposition; अभिषेक˚, संगीत˚ &c. -2 Formation, creation, production; अन्यैव कापि रचना वचनावलीनाम् Bv.1.69; so भ्रुकुटिरचना Me.52; शृङ्गारोत्तरसत्प्रमेयरचनैराचार्यगोवर्धनः Gīt. -3 performance, completion, accomplishment, effecting; कुरु मम वचनं सत्वररचनम् Gīt.5; R.1.77. -4 A literary work or production, work, composition; संक्षिप्ता वस्तुरचना S. D.422. -5 Dressing the hair. -6 An array or arrangement of troops. -7 A creation of the mind, an artificial fancy. -8 Stringing together (flowers &c.). -9 Contrivance, invention. -1 Fixing the feathers on an arrow. |
| |
| rāma | राम a. [रम् कर्तरि घञ् ण वा] 1 Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing, -2 Beautiful, lovely, charming. -3 Obscure; dark-coloured, black. -4 White. -मः 1 N. of three celebrated personages; (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni; (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛiṣṇa, q.q.v.v.; (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas:-- राशब्दो विश्ववचनो मश्चापीश्वरवाचकः । विश्वाधीनेश्वरो यो हि तेन रामः प्रकीर्तितः ॥) cf. also राकारोच्चारमात्रेण मुखान्निर्याति पातकम् । पुनः प्रवेशशङ्कायां मकारो$स्ति कपाटवत् ॥ [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhyā. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyī, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Mantharā, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prapared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmana. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carrying off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Laṅkā, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva:-- वितरसि दिक्षु रणे दिक्पतिकमनीयं दशमुखमौलिबलिं रमणीयम् । केशव धृतरघुपति- रूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1.]. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Aruṇa. -4 A lover; cf. Śi.4.59. -5 A horse. -6 Pleasure, joy. -मम् 1 Darkness. -2 Leprosy (कृष्ठम्). -3 A tamāla leaf. -Comp. -अनुजः N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava. -अयनम् (-णम्) 1 the adventures of Rāma. -2 N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books. -ईश्वरः N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -काण्डः a species of cane. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Rāma. -कृत् (in music) N. of a Rāga. -क्री N. of a Rāga. -गिरिः N. of a mountain; (चक्रे) स्निग्धच्छाया- तरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1. -चन्द्रः, -भद्रः N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha. -जन्मन् n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma. -तापन, -तापनी, -तापनीय उपनिषद् N. of a well-known उपनिषद् (belonging to the अथर्ववेद). -दूतः 1 N. of Hanumat. -2 a monkey. (-ती) a kind of basil. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma. -पूगः a kind of betel-nut tree. -लीला N. of a dramatic performance, on the story of Rāma. -वल्लभः the birch-tree. (-भम्) cinnamon. -शरः a kind of sugar cane. -सखः N. of Sugrīva. -सेतुः the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, now called Adam's bridge. |
| |
| rāvaṇa | रावण a. [रु-णिच् ल्यु] Crying, screaming, roaring, bewailing; इत्युक्त्वा परुषं वाक्यं रावणः शत्रुरावणः Rām.3.56. 26 (com. शत्रून् रावयति क्रोशयति शत्ररावणः). -णः N. of a celebrated demon, king of Laṅkā and the chief of the Rākṣhasas; स रावणो नाम निकामभीषणं बभूव रक्षः क्षतरक्षणं दिवः Śi.1.48. [He was the son of Viśravas by Keśinī or Kaikaśī and so half-brother of Kuber. He is called Paulastya as being a grandson of the sage Pulastya. Laṅkā was originally occupied by Kubera, but Rāvaṇa ousted him from it and made it his own capital. He had ten heads (and hence his names Daśagrīva, Daśa- vadana &c.) and twenty arms, and according to some, four legs (cf. R.12.88 and Malli.). He is represented to have practised the most austere penance for ten thousand years in order to propitiate the god Brahman, and to have offered one head at the end of each one thousand years. Thus he offered nine of his heads and was going to offer the tenth when the God was pleased and granted him immunity from death by either god or man. On the strength of this boon he grew very tyrannical and oppressed all beings. His power became so great that even the gods are said to have acted as his domestic servants. He conquered almost all the kings of the day, but is said to have been imprisoned by Kārtavīrya for some time when he went to attack his territory. On one occasion he tried to uplift the Kailāsa mountain, but Śiva pressed it down so as to crush his fingers under it. He, therefore, hymned Śiva for one thousand years so loudly that the God gave him the name Rāvaṇa and freed him from his painful position. But though he was so powerful and invincible, the day of retribution drew near. While Rāma who was Viṣṇu descended on earth for the destruction of this very demon was passing his years of exile in the forest, Rāvaṇa carried off his wife Sītā and urged her to become his wife but she persistently refused and remained loyal to her husband. At last Rāma assisted by his monkey-troops invaded Laṅkā, annihilated Rāvaṇa's troops and killed the demon himself. He was a worthy opponent of Rāma, and hence the expression:-- रामरावणयोर्युद्धं रामरावणयोरिव ।]. -णम् 1 The act of screaming. -2 N. of a Muhūrta. -Comp. -अरिः N. of Rāma. -गङ्गा N. of a river in Laṅkā. |
| |
| vaṇṭharaḥ | वण्ठरः 1 The sheath that envelops the young bamboo. -2 The new shoot of the palm tree. -3 A rope for tying (a goat &c.). -4 A dog. -5 The tail of a dog. -6 A cloud. -7 The female breast. |
| |
| varāhaḥ | वराहः [वराय अभीष्टाय मुस्तादिलाभाय आहन्ति भूमिम् आ-हन्-ड Tv.] 1 A boar, hog; विस्रब्धं क्रियतां वराहततिभिर्मुस्ताक्षतिः पल्वले Ś.2.6. -2 A ram. -3 A bull. -4 A cloud. -5 A crocodile. -6 An array of troops in the form of a boar. -7 N. of Viṣṇu in the third or boar incarnation; cf. वसति दशनशिखरे धरणी तव लग्ना शशिनि कलङ्ककलेव निमग्ना । केशव धृतशूकररूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1. -8 A particular measure. -9 N. of Varāhamihira -1 N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -11 A mountain; L. D. B. -12 A coin; L. D. B. -13 A kind of grass; L. D. B. -Comp. -अवतारः the boar or third incarnation of Viṣṇu. -कन्दः a kind of esculent root. -कर्णः a kind o arrow; वराह- कर्णैर्नालोकैविकर्णैश्चाभ्यवीवृषत् Mb.7.166.24. -कर्णिका a kind of missile. -कल्पः the period of the boar incarnation, the period during which Viṣṇu assumed the form of a boar. -क्रान्ता the sensitive plant. -द्वादशी a festival held on the 12th day in the bright half of Māgha in honour of Viṣṇu. -नामन् n. an esculent root. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 major purāṇas. -मिहिरः N. of a celebrated astronomer, author of बृहत्संहिता (supposed to be one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama). -शृङ्गः N. of Śiva. |
| |
| viniviś | विनिविश् 6 P. To be placed or be seated in. -Caus. 1 To fix, place; सर्वोपमाद्रव्यसमुच्चयेन यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन (सा निर्मिता) Ku.1.49; R.5.63; मदुरसि कुचकलशं विनिवेशय Gīt.12. -2 To populate or colonize. -3 To introduce. -4 To add, insert. -5 To draw up in array (as troops). |
| |
| vipruṣ | विप्रुष् f. 1 A drop (of water or any other liquid); संतापं नवजलविप्रुषो गृहीत्वा Śi.8.4; स्वेदविप्रुषः 2.18. -2 A mark, dot, spot. -3 Drops falling from the mouth while speaking; Ms.1.133 (com. विप्रुषो मुखनिःसृता अल्पा जलकणाः). -4 A phenomenon; Rāj. T. |
| |
| vibhāvaḥ | विभावः 1 (In Rhet.) Any condition which produces or develops a particular state of body or mind; (one of the three main divisions of Bhāvas, the other two being अनुभाव and व्यभिचारिभाव q. q. v. v.); रत्याद्युद्बोधका लोके विभावाः काव्यनाट्ययोः S. D.62; its chief subdivisions are आलम्बन and उद्दीपक; see आलम्बन. -2 A friend, an acquaintance. -3 Any exciting circumstance (as dress &c.). |
| |
| vyūh | व्यूह् 1 P. 1 To arrange troops in battle array; सूच्या वज्रेण चैवैतान् व्यूहेन व्यूह्य योधयेत् Ms.7.191. -2 To arrange, put or place in order, dispose. -3 To separate, divide. -4 To alter, transpose, disarrange. -5 To resolve (vowels, syllables &c.). |
| |
| vyūhaḥ | व्यूहः 1 A military array; दण्डव्यूहेन तन्मार्गं यायात्तु शकटेन वा । वराहमकराभ्यां वा सूच्या वा गरुडेन वा ॥ Ms.7. 187; cf. दण्डव्यूहः, शकट˚, वराह˚, सर्वतोभद्रा˚ etc. mentioned in Dhanur. -2 An army, a host, squadron; व्यूहावुभौ तावितरेतरस्मात् भङ्गं जयं चापतुरव्यकस्थम् R.7.54. -3 A large quantity, an assemblage, a multitude, collection; विमिश्रा विहगाः पुंभिरात्मव्यूहाभिनन्दिताः Rām.4.1.27; गुणव्यूहः Bhāg.4.29.71. -4 A part, portion, subhead. -5 The body. -6 Structure, formation. -7 Reasoning, logic. -8 Separation, distribution. -9 (In phil.) A peculiar arrangement of the senses. -Comp. -पार्ष्णिः f. the rear of an army. -भङ्गः, -भेदः breaking an array. -रचना arrangement of troops. -विभागः a distinctive array of army; पक्षकक्षा-उरस्यानां बलाग्रतो व्यूहविभागाः Kau. A.1. |
| |
| vyūhanam | व्यूहनम् 1 Arraying of troops, marshalling. -2 Structure of the members of the body. -3 Development (of the fœtus). -4 Displacement. |
| |
| śiva | शिव a. [श्यति पापं शो-वन् पृषो˚] 1 Auspicious, propitious, lucky; इयं शिवाया नियतेरिवायतिः Ki.4.21;1.38; R.11.33. -2 In good health or condition, happy, prosperous, fortunate; तीर्थेन मूर्ध्न्यधिकृतेन शिवः शिवो$भूत् Bhāg. 3.28.22; शिवानि वस्तीर्थजलानि कच्चित् R.5.8. (= अनुपप्लवानि, 'undisturbed'); शिवास्ते पन्थानः सन्तु 'a happy journey to you', 'God bless (or speed) you on your journey'. -वः 1 N. of the third god of the sacred Hindu Trinity, who is entrusted with the work of destruction, as Brahman and Viṣṇu are with the creation and preservation, of the world; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.2.115. -2 The male organ of generation, penis. -3 An auspicious planetary conjunction. -4 The Veda; अट्टशूलाः जनपदाः शिवशूलाश्चतुष्पथाः Mb.3.188.42. -5 Final beatitude. -6 A post to which cattle are tied. -7 A god, deity. -8 Quick-silver. -9 Bdellium. -1 The black variety of thorn-apple. -11 Rum, spirit. -12 Buttermilk. -13 A ruby. -14 Time (काल). -वौ (m. dual) Śiva and Pārvatī; कथयति शिवयोः शरीरयोगं विषमपदा पदवी विवर्तनेषु Ki.5.4. -वम् 1 Prosperity, welfare, well-being, happiness; तं धर्मे$ग्निषु पुत्रेषु शिवं पृष्ट्वा Rām.7.33.13; तव वर्त्मनि वर्ततां शिवम् N.2.62; Ratn.1.2; R.1.6. -2 Bliss, auspiciousness. -3 Final beatitude. -4 Water. -5 Seasalt. -6 Rock-salt. -7 Refined borax. -8 Iron. -9 Myrobalan. -1 Sandal. -Comp. -अक्षम् = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -अपर a. cruel. -अरातिः a heretic (lit. a disbeliever in Śiva). -आत्मकम् rock-salt. -आदेशकः 1 the bearer of auspicious news. -2 a fortune-teller. -आलयः 1 Śiva's abode. -2 the red basil. (-यम्) 1 a temple of Śiva. -2 a cemetery. -इतर a. inauspicious, unlucky; शिवेतरक्षतये K. P.1. -इष्टा Dūrvā grass. -कर (शिवंकर also) a. conferring happiness, auspicious. -कीर्तनः N. of Bhṛiṅgi. -केसरः Mimusops Elengi (बकुल). -गति a. prosperous, happy. -धर्मजः the planet Mars; cf. पुरा दक्षविनाशाय कुपितस्य त्रिशूलिनः । अपतद् भीमवक्त्रस्य स्वेदबिन्दु- र्ललाटजः ॥ शान्तिप्रदानात् सर्वेषां ग्रहाणां प्रथमो भव । अङ्गारक इति ख्यातिं गमिष्यसि धरात्मज ॥ Matsya P. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha; see शिवरात्र. -ज्ञा a female devotee of the Śaiva sect. -ताति a. 1 having an auspicious end, conferring or conducive to happiness, propitious; प्रयत्नः कृत्स्नो$यं फलतु शिवतातिश्च भवतु Māl.6.7; न्यषेवेतां विशेषेण शिवतातिममुं शिवम् Śiva B.23.56. -2 tender, merciful, not demoniacal; मा पूतनात्वमुपगाः शिवतातिरेधि 9.49. (-तिः) auspiciousness, happiness. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दत्तम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दिश् the north-east. -दूती epithet of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Bilva tree. -द्विष्टा the Ketaka tree. -धातुः 1 quicksilver. -2 milk stone. -पदम् final liberation, emancipation. -पुरम्, -पुरी N. of Vārāṇasī. -पुराण N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -प्रियः 1 a crystal. -2 the Baka tree. -3 the thorn-apple. (-यम्) = रुद्राक्ष q. v. (-या) the goddess Durgā. -बी(वी)जम् quick-silver. -भारतम् the historic poem on the life of Shivājī the great (163-168) by his contemporary poet Paramā nanda. -मल्लकः the Arjuna tree. -मार्गः final liberation. -रसः the water of boiled rice (three days old, hence fermented). -राजधानी N. of Benares, -रात्रिः f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha on which a rigorous fast is observed in honour of Śiva; शैवो वा वैष्णवो वापि यो वा स्यादन्यपूजकः । सर्वं पूजाफलं हन्ति शिवरात्रिबहिर्मुखः ॥ Īśvarasaṁhitā. -लिङ्गम् 1 Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -2 a temple dedicated to the worship of the Liṅga. -लोकः the world of Śiva. -वल्लभः the mango tree. (-भा) 1 white rose. -2 Pārvatī. -वल्ली Acacia Concinna (Mar. शिकेकाई). -वाहनः a bull. -व्रतिन् one engaged in a vow of standing on one foot. -शेखरः 1 the moon. -2 the thorn-apple. -सायुज्यम् final emancipation (lit. unification with Śiva). -सुन्दरी an epithet of Durgā. |
| |
| śothaḥ | शोथः [Uṇ.2.4] Swelling, intumescence. -Comp. -घ्न, -जित् a. removing swellings, discutient. -घ्नः, -घ्नी, -जित् Bœrhavia Procumbens (Mar. तांबडा पुनर्नवा). -जिह्मः hog-weed. -रोगः dropsy. -हृत् a. discutient. (-m.) the marking-nut plant. |
| |
| śrutiḥ | श्रुतिः f. [श्रु-क्तिन्] 1 Hearing; चन्द्रस्य ग्रहणमिति श्रुतेः Mu.1.7; R.1.27. -2 The ear; श्रुतिसुखभ्रमरस्वनगीतयः R.9.35; Śi.1.1; Ve.3.23. -3 Report, rumour, news, oral intelligence. -4 A sound in general; सा तु वेदश्रुतिं श्रुत्वा दृष्ट्वा वै तमसो निधिम् Rām.7.2.17; स वेत्ति गन्धांश्च रसान् श्रुतीश्च Mb.12.187.19. -5 The Veda (known by revelation, opp. स्मृति; see under वेद); श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्रं तु वै स्मृतिः Ms.2.1,14. -6 A Vedic or sacred text; इति श्रुतेः or इति श्रुतिः 'so says a sacred text'. -7 Vedic or sacred knowledge, holy learning; यत्रैषा सात्वती श्रुतिः Bhāg.1.4.7;11.3.46. -8 (In music) A division of the octavo, a quarter tone or interval; रणद्भिरा- घट्टनया नभस्वतः पृथग्विभिन्नश्रुतिमण्डलैः स्वरैः Śi.1.1;11.1; (see Malli. ad loc.). -9 The constellation Śravaṇa. -1 The diagonal of a tetragon, the hypotenuse of a triangle; cf. कर्ण. -11 Direct or expressed signification (opp. लक्षणा); श्रुतिलक्षणाविशये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -12 Speech (वाक्); विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3. -13 Name, fame (कीर्ति); हैरण्यौ भवतो बाहू श्रुतिर्भवति पार्थिवी Mb.3.35.9. -14 A word, saw, saying; Rām.2.72.25. -15 An explanation of ब्रह्म from the उपनिषद्s; विविधाश्चौपनिषदीरात्मसंसिद्धये श्रुतीः Ms.6.29 (com. श्रुतीरुपनिषत्पठितब्रह्मप्रतिपादकवाक्यानि). -16 Advantage, gain (फलश्रुति); उपोष्य संशितो भूत्वा हित्वा वेदकृताः श्रुतीः Mb.12. 265.7. -17 Name, title; बिभ्रत्यनन्यविषयां लोकपाल इति श्रुतिम् Kāv.2.331. -18 Learning. -19 Scholarship. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थः the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of the श्रुतिप्रमाण as distinguished from लङ्ग, वाक्य and other प्रमाणs; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न सम्भवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. -उक्त, -उदित a. enjoined by the Vedas; आचारः परमो धर्मः श्रुत्युक्तः स्मार्त एव च Ms.1.18. -कटः 1 a snake. -2 penance, expiation. -कटु a. harsh to hear. (-टुः) a harsh or unmelodious sound, regarded as a fault of composition. -कथित a. enjoined or prescribed by the Vedas. -चोदनम्, -नः a scriptural injunction, Vedic precept. -जातिविशारद a. familiar with different kinds of quarter tones; वीणावादनतत्त्वज्ञः श्रुतिजातिविशारदः । तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति ॥ Y.3.115. -जीविका a law-book or code of laws. -दूषक a. offending the ear. -द्वैधम् disagreement or contradiction of Vedas or Vedic precepts; श्रुतिद्वैधं तु यत्र स्यात्तत्र धर्माबुभौ स्मृतौ Ms.2.14. -धर a. 1 hearing. -2 having a retentive memory; L. D. B. -निदर्शनम् evidence of the Vedas; कामकार- कृते$प्याहुरेके श्रुतिनिदर्शनात् Ms.11.45. -पथः 1 the range of the ear; तामाश्रित्य श्रुतिपथगतामास्थया लब्धमूलः M.4.1. -2 (pl.) tradition. -प्रसादन a. grateful to the ear. -प्रामाण्यम् authority or sanction of the Vedas. -प्रामाण्यतः ind. on the authority of the Veda; श्रुति- प्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -मण्डलम् 1 the outer ear. -2 the whole circle of the quarter-tones; Śi.1.1. -महत् a. rich in scriptural lore; सरस्वती श्रुतिमहतां महीयताम् Ś.7.35 (v. l. श्रुतमहताम्). -मूलम् 1 the root of the ear; लपितुं किमपि श्रुतिमूले Gīt.1. -2 a Vedic text. -मूलक a. founded on the Veda. -वचनम् a Vedic precept. -वर्जित a. 1 deaf. -2 not knowing the Vedas. -विप्रतिपन्न a. 1 not recognizing the authority of the scriptures, disregarding the Vedas. -2 contrary to the Vedas. -विवरम् the auditory passage. -विशेष- णार्थम् ind. for specialization in the Vedas; Svapna.1. -विषयः 1 the object of the sense of hearing i. e. sound; श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1. -2 the reach or range of the ear; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K. -3 the subject matter of the Veda. -4 any sacred ordinance. -वेधः boring the ear. -शिखरम्, -शिरस् 1 Upaniṣad or Vedānta; नमः सर्वेष्टाय श्रुतिशिखरदृष्टाय च नमः Viṣṇu-mahimna 3. -2 a leading text of the Veda. -सुख, -मनोहर a. agreeable to the ear, melodious; श्रुतिसुखमुपवीणितं सहायैः Ki.1.38. -स्फोटा Gynandropsis Pentaphylla (Mar. तिळवण). -स्मृति f. (dual) revelation and legal institutes, Veda and law; श्रुतिस्मृति- पुराणोक्तफलप्राप्त्यर्थम् Pūjā-mantra. -हारिन् a. captivating the ear. |
| |
| saṃsaraṇam | संसरणम् 1 Going, proceeding, revolution. -2 The world, worldly life, mundane existence; पुंसो भवेदियर्हि संसरणापवर्गः Bhāg.1.4.28; ग्रीष्मचण्डकरमण्डलभीष्मज्वाल- संसरणतापितमूर्तेः Bv.4.6. -3 Birth and re-birth. -4 The unresisted march or troops. -5 The commencement of battle. -6 A high way. -7 A resting-place for passengers near the gates of a city. |
| |
| sagaṇa | सगण a. Attended by troops or flocks. -णः An epithet of Śiva. |
| |
| sargaḥ | सर्गः [सृज्-घञ्] 1 Relinquishment, abandonment. -2 Creation; आराध्य विप्रान् स्मरमादिसर्गे Bhāg.3.1.28; अस्याः सर्गविधौ प्रजापतिरभूच्चन्द्रो नु कान्तिप्रदः V.1.8. -3 The creation of the world; प्रलयस्थितिसर्गाणां कारणतां गतः Ku.2.6; R. 3.27; सर्गो नवविधस्तस्य प्राकृतो वैकृतस्तु यः Bhāg.3.1.13. -4 Nature, the universe; इहैव तैर्जितः सर्गो येषां साभ्ये स्थितं मनः Bg.5.19. -5 Natural property, nature. -6 Determination, resolve; गृहाण शस्त्रं यदि सर्ग एष ते R.3.51;14. 42; Śi.19.38. -7 Assent, agreement. -8 A section, chapter, canto (as of a poem). -9 Rush, onset, advance (of troops). -1 Voiding of excrement; राजमार्गे गवां मध्ये धान्यमध्ये च धर्मिणः । नोपसेवन्ति राजेन्द्र सर्गं मूत्रपुरीषयोः ॥ Mb.13.162.35. -11 N. of Śiva. -12 Fainting, swoon (मोह). -13 Ved. A horse. -14 Production (of the implement of war); सर्गाणां चान्ववेक्षणम् Mb.12.59.44. (com. सर्गाणां रथादिनिर्माणानाम्). -15 Effort, exertion. -16 The aspiration at the end of a word (विसर्ग). -Comp. -क्रमः the order of creation. -बन्धः a great poem having several cantos, a Mahākāvya; सर्गबन्धो महाकाव्यम् S. D. |
| |
| sāṃparāyika | सांपरायिक a. (-की f.) 1 Warlike; relating to or prepared for battle; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरायिकः R.7.62. -2 Military, strategic; सांपरायिकः (दुर्गः) Kau. A.2.2. -3 Calamitous. -4 Relating to the other world; द्वे चान्ते सांपरायिके Mb.3.314.9. -5 Obsequial; भ्रातुर्ज्यैष्ठस्य पुत्रेण यदुक्तं सांपरायिकम् (कुरु) A. Rām.4.3.4. -कम् War, battle, conflict; कुर्वाणानां सांपरायान्तरायम् Śi. 18.8. -कः A war-chariot. -Comp. -कल्पः a strategic array (of troops). |
| |
| sāhāyakam | साहायकम् 1 Assistance, help, aid; स कुलोचितमिन्द्रस्य साहायकमुपेयिवान् R.17.4. -2 Fellowship, alliance, friendship. -3 A number of companions or associates. -4 Auxiliary troops. |
| |
| sic | सिच् 6 U. (सिञ्चति-ते, सिषेच-सिषिचे, असिचत्-त, असिक्त, सेक्ष्यति-ते, सेक्तुम्, सिक्त; स् of सिच् is generally changed to ष् after a preposition ending in इ or उ) 1 To sprinkle, scatter in small drops; अम्भांसि रुक्मकुम्भेन सिञ्चन् मूर्ध्नि समाधिमान् Bk.19.23. -2 To water, moisten; soak, wet; विश्रान्तः सन् व्रज वननदीतीरजातानि सिञ्चन् Me.26; Ms.9.255. -3 To pour out, emit, discharge, shed; एताः करोत्पीडित- वारिधारा दर्पात् सखीभिर्वदनेषु सिक्ताः R.16.66. -4 To infuse, instil, pour in; जाड्यं धियो हरति सिञ्चति वाचि सत्यम् Bh.2. 23. -5 To pour out for, offer to; अन्यथा तिलोदकं मे सिञ्चतम् Ś.3. -6 To impregnate. -7 To dip, soak, steep. -Caus. (सेचयति-ते) To cause to sprinkle. -Desid. (सिसिक्षति-ते) To wish to sprinkle. |
| |
| sīk | सीक् I. 1 Ā. (सीकते) 1 To sprinkle, scatter in small drops. -2 To go, move. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (सीकति, सीकयति-ये) 1 To be impatient. -2 To be patient. -3 To touch. See शीक्. |
| |
| sīkaraḥ | सीकरः [सीक्यते सिच्यते$नेन, सीक्-अरन्] 1 Drizzling rain, drizzle, mist. -2 Spray, thin drops of water. See शीकर. |
| |
| sūtiḥ | सूतिः सूती f. [सू-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, parturition, delivery, child-bearing. -2 Offspring, progeny. -3 Source, fountain-head; तपसां सूतिरसूतिरापदाम् Ki.2.56. -4 A place where Soma juice is extracted. -5 Yielding fruit. production of crops; न कल्पते पुनः सूत्या उप्तं बीजं च नश्यति Bhāg.7.11.33. -Comp. -अशौचम् impurity caused by child-birth in a family (which lasts for 1 days). -गृहम् the lying-in-chamber; सूतीगृहे ननु जगाद भवानजौ नौ Bhāg.1.85.2. -मारुतः the throes of childbirth. -मासः the month of delivery; the last month of pregnancy. -रोगः puerperal sickness. |
| |
| sainika | सैनिक a. (-की f.) [सेनायां समवैति ठक्] 1 Relating to an army. -2 Martial, military. -कः 1 A soldier; पपात भूमौ सह सैनिकाश्रुभिः R.3.61. -2 A guard, sentinel. -3 The body of troops drawn up in battle-array; तयोरुपान्तस्थितसिद्धसैनिकम् R.3.57. |
| |
| sthānam | स्थानम् [स्था-ल्युट्] 1 The act of standing or remaining, stay, continuance, residence; न किल भवतां देव्याः स्थानं गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32. -2 Being fixed or stationary. -3 A state, condition; स्थानत्रयात्परं प्राप्तं ब्रह्मभूतमविक्रियम् Bhāg.1.18.26. -4 A place, spot, site, locality; अक्षमालामदत्त्वास्मात्स्थानात्पदात्पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् K. -5 Station, situation, position. -6 Relation, capacity; पितृस्थाने 'in the place or capacity of a father'; भक्ष्यस्थाने Pt.2.26. -7 An abode, a house, dwelling-house; स एव (नक्रः) प्रच्युतः स्थानाच्छुनापि परिभूयते Pt.3.46. -8 (a) A country, region, district. (b) A town, city. -9 Office, rank, dignity; अमात्यस्थाने नियोजितः. -1 Object; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -11 An occasion, a matter, subject, cause; पराभ्यूहस्थानाःयपि तनुतराणि स्थगयति Māl.1.14; स्थानं जरापरिभवस्य तदेव पुंसाम् Subhāṣ; so कलह˚, कोप˚, विवाद˚ &c. -12 A fit or proper place; स्थानेष्वेव नियोज्यन्ते भृत्याश्चाभरणानि च Pt. 1.72. -13 A fit or worthy object; स्थाने खलु सज्जति दृष्टिः M.1; see स्थाने also. -14 The place or organ of utterance of any letter; (these are eight :-- अष्टौ स्थानानि वर्णानामुरः कण्ठः शिरस्तथा । जिह्वामूलं च दन्ताश्च नासिकौष्ठौ च तालु च Śik.13.) -15 A holy place. -16 An altar. -17 A place in a town, square, court. -18 The place or sphere assigned after death to persons according as they perform or neglect their prescribed duties. -19 (In politics, war &c.) The firm attitude or bearing of troops, standing firm so as to repel a charge; स्थाने युद्धे च कुशलानभीरुनविकारिणः Ms.7.19. -2 A halt. -21 A stationary condition, a neutral or middle state; स्थानं वृद्धिः क्षयश्चैव त्रिवर्गश्चैव दण्डजः Mb.12.59. 31. -22 That which constitutes the chief strength or the very existence of a kingdom, a stamina of a kingdom; i.e. army, treasure, town, and territory; Ms.7. 56 (where Kull. renders स्थानं by दण्डकोषपुरराष्ट्रात्मकं चतुर्विधम्). -23 Likeness, resemblance. -24 Part or division of a work, section, chapter &c. -25 The character or part of an actor. -26 Interval, opportunity, leisure. -27 (In music) A note, tone, modulation of the voice; तौ तु गान्धर्वतत्त्वज्ञौ स्थानमूर्च्छनकोविदौ Rām.1.4.1 (com.- 'यदूर्ध्वं हृदयग्रन्थे कपोलफलकादधः । प्राणसंचारणस्थानं स्थानमित्यभि- धीयते ॥...... इति शाण्डिल्यः). -28 A pose, posture (of archers etc.). -29 An order of the life (आश्रम); मैत्रेयीति होवाच याज्ञवल्क्य उद्यास्यन्वा अरे$हमस्मात् स्थानादस्मि Bṛi. Up.2. 4.1. -3 Ground (भूमि); स्थानासनिनो भूमि-पाषाण-सिकता- शर्करा-वालुका-भस्मशायिनः Mb.12.192.1. -31 Sustenance, maintenance; यच्चेदं प्रभवः स्थानं भूतानां संयमो यमः । स्वभावेनैव वर्तन्ते द्वन्द्वसृष्टानि भूरिशः ॥ Mb.12.238.2 (com. स्थानं पोषणम्). -32 A mode or attitude in fighting; अस्त्रयन्त्राणि चित्राणि स्थानानि विविधानि च Mb.9.57.18. -33 Storage (of goods); आगमं निर्गमं स्थानं तथा वृद्धिक्षयावुभौ । विचार्य सर्वपण्यानां कारयेत् क्रयविक्रयौ ॥ Ms.8.41. -34 A state of perfect tranquillity. -35 Any organ of sense. -36 Shape, form, appearance (as of the moon). -37 An astronomical mansion. -Comp. -अधिकारः the superintendence of a shrine; Inscr. -अध्यक्षः 1 a local governor. -2 the superintendent of a place. -3 a watchman, police-officer. -आसनम् n. du. standing and sitting down. -आसेधः confinement to a place, imprisonment, arrest; cf. आसेध. -चञ्चला Ocimum Pilosum (Mar. तुकुमराई). -कुटिकासनम् leaving the house or any abode (स्थावरगृहत्याग); शिरसो मुण्डनाद्वापि न स्थानकुटिकासनात् Mb.3.2.14. -चिन्तकः a kind of quarter-master. -च्युत see स्थानभ्रष्ट. -टिप्पटिका the daily account; Śukra 3.369. -दप्ति (in augury) inauspicious on account of situation. -पालः a watchman, sentinel, policeman; Y.2.173. -भूमि f. a dwelling-place, mansion. -भ्रष्ट a. ejected from an office, displaced, dismissed, out of employ. -माहात्म्यम् 1 the greatness or glory of any place. -2 a kind of divine virtue or uncommon sanctity supposed to be inherent in a sacred spot. -मृगः N. of certain animals (such as turtle, crocodile &c.). -योगः assignment of proper places; द्रव्याणां स्थानयोगांश्च क्रयविक्रयमेव च Ms.9.332. -विभागः (in alg.) subdivision of a number according to the position of its figures. -स्थ a. being in one's abode, at home. |
| |
| snu | स्नु 2 P. (स्नौति, स्नुत) 1 To drip, trickle, fall in drops, distil, drop, ooze or run out, leak out, -2 To flow, stream. |
43 results
| |
| adharottara | a. losing or winning; high and low; earlier and later; n. address and answer; gradation; topsy-turviness. |
| |
| ubhayatas | ad. from or on both sides, of (ac. or g.); in both cases; (h)-sasya, a. bearing crops at both seasons; -tas-tîk shna, a. sharp at both ends; -to-dant, a. hav ing two rows of teeth; (á)to-mukha, having a spout on both sides (vessel). |
| |
| kaṇa | m. a grain; drop; flake, spark; little bit; -pa, m. kind of spear; -vâhin, a. wafting drops, moist; -sas, ad. in minute por tions. |
| |
| kuñja | m. copse, thicket; bower: -kut îra, bower; -vat, m. N. of a part of the Dandaka forest. |
| |
| gaṇa | m. host, multitude; class; troop, retinue; inferior deities appearing in troops (esp. Siva's retinue, under the special rule of Ganesa); member of Siva's following; com munity, association, corporation; metrical foot; group of roots or words to which a grammatical rule applies. |
| |
| gaṇikā | f. harlot; -ita, pp.; n. cal culation; -ín, a. having troops of (--°ree;); ac companied by (in.). |
| |
| gaṇaśas | ad. by or in troops. |
| |
| cātaka | m., î, f. kind of cuckoo (supposed to live on drops of rain only). |
| |
| jalodara | n. (water-belly), dropsy; -½uddhata-gati, a. moving violently in the water; f. a metre; -udbhava, a. sprung from the water; m. aquatic animal; N. of a water sprite. |
| |
| jalayantra | n. squirt; water-clock: -ka, n. squirt, -kakra, n. water-wheel, -man dira, n. apartment with shower-bath; -râsi, m. waters; sea, ocean; -ruh, -ruha, m. day lotus (growing in the water); -rekhâ, f. streak on the water; strip of water; -lekhâ, f. id.; -lava-muk, m. (shedding drops of water), cloud; -vat, a. abounding in water; -vâsa, m. abode in the water; a. living in the water; -vâs-in, a. living in the water:(i)-tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâha, a. bearing water: -ka, m. water carrier; -sayyâ, f. lying in the water (as a penance); -samnivesa, m. reservoir, pond; -sûrya: -ka, m. reflection of the sun in the water; -stha, a. being in the water; -sthâna, n. reservoir, lake; -snâna, n. bathe; -hastin, m. (water-elephant), crocodile; -hâra, m. water-carrier; î, f. |
| |
| niṣeka | m. sprinkling, distilling; injection; impregnation; seed; ceremony per formed on impregnation; slops; dripping fluid; -shektavya, fp. to be poured upon (lc.); -shektri, m. begetter; -shékana, n.pouring out; sprinkling, with (--°ree;). |
| |
| pāpaka | a. wicked, bad; m. rascal; n. evil; -karman, n. wicked deed; a. doing evil deeds, wicked, sinful; m. ill-doer, mis creant, criminal, sinner; -kârin, -krít, a., m. id.; -krita, (pp.) n. misdeed; -gati, a.ill starred; -ketas, a. evil-minded, malevolent; -timira, a. blinded by sin, sin-bedarkened; -pûrusha, m. rascal, villain; -priya, a. fond of or prone to evil; -bandha, m. continuous series of misdeeds; -buddhi, f. evil intent;a. evil-minded, malevolent; -bhañgana, a. destroying the wicked; m. N. of a Brâhman; -bh&asharp;g, a. participating in wrong, guilty; -bhâva, a. evil-minded; -mati, a. evil minded, malevolent, ungodly; -yoni, f. low womb, birth as a punishment of sin; -rahita, pp. freed from sin, sinless; -ripu, (foe of sin), N. of a Tîrtha; -roga, m. bad disease, dis ease as punishment for sin; -rogin, a. suf fering from a bad disease or disease in punish ment for former sin; -½riddhi, f. hunting, chase; -lokya, a. leading to hell; -vasîyasa or -vasyas-a, n. [betterness of the bad], topsy turvyness, preposterousness; -sîla, a. of bad character, prone to evil: -tva, n. depravity;-sodhana, a. purifying from guilt; n. N. of a sacred bathing-place; -sûdana-tîrtha, n. N. of a sacred bathing-place; -han, a. destroy ing sin or sinners; -hara, a. taking away sin; -hridaya, a. bad-hearted. |
| |
| pratyāharaṇa | n. bringing back; withdrawal or withholding from (ab.); -hâra, m. withdrawal (of troops), retreat; with holding (the senses) from (ab.); abstention from the objects of the senses;withdrawal of creation, dissolution; technical grammatical contraction to a single syllable of a series of letters or suffixes by combining the initial of the first with the final of the last: thus al, the first vowel a+the last consonant ha-l (h with the technical suffix l), designates the entire alphabet; -hârya, fp. to be received or learned, from (ab.); -hvaya, m. echo. |
| |
| bakula | m. a tree (Mimusops Elengi: said to blossom on being sprinkled with wine from the mouth of young women); n. Bakula flower: -mâlâ, f. N.; -½âvalikâ, f. N. |
| |
| bala | n. (sg. & pl.) might, power, strength, vigour; forcible means, force; validity; power of, expertness in (lc.); forces, troops, army (sg. & pl.): in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, by force of=by virtue or by dint of (g. or --°ree;); ab. forcibly; against one's will, involuntarily, without being able to help it. |
| |
| balakṣobha | m. disturbance among the troops, mutiny; -gupta, m. N.; -kakra, n. [circle of power or of troops], sovereignty; army; -ga, m., â, f. heap of corn; -da, m. ox; -darpa, m. pride of strength; -d&asharp;, a. strength-giving; -dî-bhû, become an ox; -deva, m. N. of Krishna's elder brother (who has white hair, having been produced from a single white hair); N.; -dhara, m. N.; -nâsana, -nishûdana, m. ep. of Indra; -pati, m. lord of might; commander of an army, general; -pura, n. Bala's citadel; -prada, a. strength-giving; -bandhu, m. N. |
| |
| bindu | m. drop; globule; dot, spot; mark of the anusvâra (supposed to be of great mystical import and connected with Siva); zero or cypher; dot made above a letter to cancel an erasure; apparentlyinsignificant incident the effects of which spread like a drop of oil on water (dr.); spot or mark of paint on the body of an elephant; N.: -ka, m. drop; -ki-ta, den. pp. dotted over, covered with drops of (in.). |
| |
| bhrami | f. turning round, revolution; turner's lathe; whirlpool; circular array of troops. |
| |
| makaranda | m. flower-juice; N.; N. of a pleasure-garden near Uggayinî; -kanâ-ya, den. Â. resemble drops of flower juice; -½udyâna, n. N. of a pleasure-gar den; -lâñkhana, m. (having a makara ashis emblem), Kâma; -½âkara, m. receptacle of makaras, ocean; -½aksha, m. (makara-eyed), N. of a Râkshasa; -½âlaya, m. abode of makaras, ocean; -½âvâsa, m. id. |
| |
| maṇḍala | a. circular, round; n., î, f. (rare), disk, esp. of the sun or moon; orb, circle (in. in a circle), ring, circumference; wheel; charmed circle (of a conjurer); n. orbit (of a heavenly body); n. halo round the sun or moon; n. ball, globe; m. n. circular array of troops; circle=district, province, territory, country; m. n., î, f. circle=group, company, assemblage, troop, multitude, crowd; swarm (of bees); whole body, totality; circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (the relations of whom to one another and to him self he should endeavour to regulate advan tageously; four, six, ten, and twelve such princes are spoken of); n.division or book of the Rig-veda (of which there are ten); m. dog. |
| |
| mahāpakṣa | a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond. |
| |
| mahokṣa | m. large or full-grown bull: -tâ, f. state of a great bull; -½ukkhra ya, a. very lofty or great; -½ukkhrâya-vat, a. id.; -½uttama, n. (?) perfume; -½utpala, n. lotus-flower (Nelumbium speciosum); -½ut sava, m. great festival; -½utsavin, a. cele brating a great festival; -½utsâha, a. having great power; strong-willed, energetic, per severing; -½udadhi, m. great sea, ocean (of which there are supposed to be four): -ga, m. shell; -½udaya, m. great exaltation, good fortune, or prosperity; a. conferring great good fortune, or blessings; very prosperous; very happy; m. N.; n. ep. of the city of Kâ nyakubga: â, f. N. of a hall in the lunar world: (a)-svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -½ud ara, n. big belly, dropsy; a. (î) big-bellied; m. N.: -mukha, m. N. of an attendant of Durgâ; -½udyama, a. exerting oneself greatly, hard-working, industrious; busily occupied with (inf. or d. of abst. n.); -½unnata, pp. very lofty; -½unnati, f. great elevation, high rank or position; -½upâdhyâya, m. great teacher; -½uraga, m. great serpent; -½uras-ka, a. broad-chested; -½ûrmin, a. very billowy; -½ulkâ, f. great firebrand; great meteor. |
| |
| muṣṭika | m. handful (--°ree;); particu lar position of the hands; n. (?) pugilistic encounter; -grâhya, fp. to be clasped with one hand (waist); -ghâta, m. blow with the fist: -m, abs. with han, strike with the fists; -prahâra, m. blow with the fist; -meya, fp. to be measured or clasped with one hand (waist); -yuddha, n. pugilistic encounter; -vadha, m. devastation of the crops; -hán, a. striking with the fist, fighting hand to hand. |
| |
| yūtha | ] n. (V., C.), m. (C.) herd, flock; host, multitude: -kârin, a. going about in troops (pl.); -nâtha, m. lord or leader of a troop or herd; -pa, m. id. (said esp. of elephants); -pati, m. id.; -paribhrash- ta, pp. strayed from the herd; -bhrashta, pp. id.; -mukhya, m. chief of a host; -sas, ad. in flocks, herds, or troops; -½agranî, m. leader of a host. |
| |
| racana | n. arranging, preparing, com posing: â, f. arrangement, disposition, pre paration; performance, accomplishment; for mation, production of (--°ree; often concrete= product); work, composition; style; array of troops; contrivance, invention; putting on (of garments). |
| |
| vanakapi | m. wild monkey; -kar in, m. wild elephant; -kâma, a. fond of living in the forest; -kâshthikâ, f. dry twig lying in the forest; -kuñgara, m. wild elephant; -kusuma, n. flower of the forest; -khanda, n. group of trees, copse; -gaga, m. wild ele phant: -mada, m. temple-juice of forest elephants; -gahana, n. thicket; -gulma, n. forest or wild shrub; -gokara, a. dwelling in the forest; m. denizen of the forest (of men or animals); -grâma-ka, m. forest ham let, wretched little forest village; -grâhin, a. searching the forest; -kara, a. roaming in or haunting the forest; m. forest-dweller (of men or animals); -karyâ, f. roaming about in or residence in the forest; -kârin, a., m. = -kara; -kkhid, m. wood-cutter; -ga, a. born in the forest, sylvan; m. forester; n. (produced in the water), blue lotus: -½aksha, a. (î) lotus-eyed; -gâta, pp. produced or growing in the forest, wild; -dâha, m. forest fire; -durga, a. inaccessible owing to forest; n. place --; -devatâ, f. sylvan goddess, dryad; -druma, m. forest tree; -dvipa, m. wild ele phant; -dhânya, n. pl. grains of wild corn; -dhârâ,f. avenue of trees. |
| |
| varuṇa | m. [√ 1. vri] Encompasser (of the world), N. of an Âditya, chief among the Vedic gods; he specially presides over the waters, the night, and the west; he is om niscient, punishes sin and is prayed to for forgiveness; he is also the sender of disease; often associated with Mitra and Indra (--°ree; du.); in C. he is god of the waters or ocean, and regent of the west: -grihîta, pp. seized by Varuna=attacked by disease, esp. dropsy (V.); -pâsá, m. Varuna's noose or fetter (V.); -purusha, m. servant of Varuna; -loka, m. Varuna's world; Varuna's sphere, the waters; -sarman, m. N. of a mythical warrior; -se nâ, -senikâ, f. N. of a princess; -½adri, m. N. of a mountain. |
| |
| vijaya | m. contest for victory (V.); victory, triumph, conquest (V., C.); prize of victory, booty (V., rare); C.: kind of array of troops; N.; N. of a hare; n. (C.) royal tent; kind of pavilion; N. of a sacred terri tory in Cashmere: -ketu, m. N. of a fairy; -kshetra, n. the Vigaya territory; -datta, m. N.; N. of the hare in the moon; -dun dubhi, m. drum of victory: -tâ, f. function of drums of victory; -nagara, n. N. of a city in Karnâta; -patâkâ, f. flag of victory; -pâla, m. kind of official; N. of various kings; -pura, n. N. of various towns (Beja pur etc.); -malla, m. N.; -mâlin, m. N. of a merchant; -mitra, m. N.; -râga, m. N.; -vat, a. victorious, glorious: -î, f. N. of a daughter of the serpent demon Gandha mâlin; -varman, m. N.; -vega, m. N. of a fairy; -srî, f. goddess of victory; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. N. of a warrior. |
| |
| vipruṣ | f. (nm. -prút) drop; spot, speck, spark; phenomenon (--°ree; w. âskarya-): pl. drops falling from the mouth while speak ing; -prusha, m. or n. drop; -prekshana, n. looking round; -prekshita, n.glance; -prekshitri, m. one who looks round. |
| |
| vīthi | f. [√ 1. vî] row; road, street; race-course; row of shops, market street; row of pictures, picture gallery; kind of one-act drama: -ka, m. or (metr.) n., â, f. row; street; picture gallery; kind ofone-act drama. |
| |
| vailomya | n. [viloma] inversion, topsyturviness. |
| |
| vyūha | m. shifting, displacement; dis traction (of semi-vowels or compound vowels); distribution, disposition (rare); military ar ray, troops in battle-array (ord. mg.); ag gregate, host, multitude; Purushottama's quaternity as Vâsudeva, Samkarshana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha; detailed ex position (rare); section, chapter: -rakanâm vi-dhâ, assume a warlike attitude. |
| |
| sajala | a. watery, wet, moist: -naya na, a. watery-eyed (peacock), -prishata, a. having drops of water; -gâgara, a. waking, not asleep; -gâtá, a. related (V.); m. kins man, countryman (V.); -gâti, a.belonging to the same caste, of the same kind, similar; -gâtîya, a. id.; -gâtyã, a. akin (V., C.); n. like descent, kinship; -gâni, a. together with his wife; -gâmi, a. incorr. for -gâni; -gâra, a. together with her paramour;-gâla, a. having a mane; -gîva, a. animate, living, alive; provided with a bowstring: -tâ, f. living condition; possession of a bowstring. |
| |
| sasya | n. crop; corn, grain; fruit, produce (often incorrectly spelt sasya): -kshe tra, n. corn-field; -pâla, m. field-watcher; -mâlin, a. wreathed with corn or crops (earth); -rakshaka, m. field-watcher; -rakshâ, f. guarding the fields; -vat, a. bearing a rich crop (field); -½âkara-vat, a. bearing abun dance of corn; -½âvâpa, m. sowing of crops. |
| |
| sāra | m. V., C.: core; strength, power, energy; C.: firmness, hardness; value; wealth, riches; pith, substance, best part, quintessence, epitome (ord. mg.); nectar (rare); water (rare); kind of climax (rh.); a. having as the best or main thing (--°ree;, like para); hard, firm, strong; valuable; best; right; motley, speckled (=sâra): w. bala, m. picked troops: -ka, a. full of (--°ree;); -ga, a. strong, powerful; -tas, ad. according to the value; according to one's means. |
| |
| sūti | f. V., C.: birth, production (also --°ree; a.); C.: delivery; production of crops; birthplace; cause or manner of production; offspring. |
| |
| sainya | a. belonging to or proceeding from an army (senâ); m. soldier (pl. troops); army (rare); n. army (very common); camp (rare): -kshobha, m. mutiny among the troops; -nâyaka, m. leader of an army; -pati, m., -pâla, m. id.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of troops; -vâsa, m. camp of an army; -siras, n. head of an army. |
| |
| sainika | a. relating or belonging to an army (senâ); m. soldier: pl. troops. |
| |
| stokaka | m. the bird kâtaka (seek- ing drops of rain); -namra, a. slightly bent; -sas, ad. by drops. |
| |
| stokīya stok-îya, stokya | a. relat ing to drops (said of oblations of melted but ter and of verses employed while drops are falling). |
| |
| sthāna | n. C.: standing (also Br.); continuance, stay; storage (of goods); steadi- ness (of troops); continued existence; middle state (opp. gain or loss); being in or on (lc., --°ree;); state, condition (also U.; --°ree; a. being in a state of); perfect tranquillity (rare); station, position, rank (common mg.); V., C.: abode, dwelling, place, spot, locality, site (ord. mg.); C.: stead, place (lc. instead of, in place of, g., --°ree;); receptacle, of (g., --°ree;); right or suit able place; region, sphere of a god (earth, sky, heaven); stronghold (rare); place in which a sound is produced, organ of speech (gr.); pitch, key of the voice (high, loud, etc.); constituent of a kingdom (army, treasury, capital, territory); case, occurrence; occa sion, of or for (g., --°ree;); cause or object of (g., --°ree;; also said of persons); topic: --°ree; a. tak ing the place of, representing; replaced or represented by: lc. sthâne, instead of (g., --°ree;); in the right place, seasonably, justly; sthâne sthâne, in different places, here and there; ripusthâneshu vrit, occupy the position of an enemy; vînâ kyutâ sthânât, a lute out of tune; vilokana-sthâna-gata, occupying the place of eyes; mânyasthâna, object of regard. |
| |
| sthūṇā | f. post, pillar (--°ree; a. a): -kar- na, m. kind of array of troops; -paksha, m. id.; -râgá, m. chief post (V.). |
| |
| sveda | m. [√ svid] sweat (pl. drops of perspiration); sudorific (in medicine): -ga, a. produced from sweat or damp heat (ver min); n. vermin; -gala, n. perspiration: -kana, m., -kanikâ, f. drop of perspiration. |
Concordance
43 results0 results3 results
| |
| ādityāḥ | paścād gopsyanti # AVś.10.9.8c. |
| |
| imaṃ | devā asapatnaṃ suvadhvaṃ mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāya mahate jānarājyāyendrasyendriyāya (VSK.11.3.2 stops at jyaiṣṭhyāya; VSK.11.6.2 at jānarājyāya) # VS.9.40; 10.18; VSK.11.3.2; 6.2; śB.5.3.3.12; 4.2.3. P: imaṃ devāḥ YDh.1.299. |
| |
| te | tvā sarve gopsyanti # AVś.10.9.7c,9c. |
"ops" has 1 results
184 results
|
|
| √ Root Search | Word Frequency | Sandhi | Pāṇini Research Tool | Sanskrit OCR | NCC Map| Maldives Map | 931416 Unique Words and 3500+ Years of History | Help Feedback |
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter